Selected quad for the lemma: death_n

Word A Word B Word C Word D Occurrence Frequency Band MI MI Band Prominent
death_n life_n sin_n wage_n 10,905 5 10.9508 5 true
View all documents for the selected quad

Text snippets containing the quad

ID Title Author Corrected Date of Publication (TCP Date of Publication) STC Words Pages
A12478 An exposition of the Creed: or, An explanation of the articles of our Christian faith. Delivered in many afternoone sermons, by that reverend and worthy divine, Master Iohn Smith, late preacher of the Word at Clavering in Essex, and sometime fellow of Saint Iohns Colledge in Oxford. Now published for the benefit and behoofe of all good Christians, together with an exact table of all the chiefest doctrines and vses throughout the whole booke Smith, John, 1563-1616.; Palmer, Anthony, fl. 1632. 1632 (1632) STC 22801; ESTC S117414 837,448 694

There are 64 snippets containing the selected quad. | View lemmatised text

offer their treasures Gold Frankincense and Myrrh so this must teach us not onely to worship Christ but we must be contented to part with our wealth to give unto him as the Woman in the Gospell brought her boxe of oyntment powred it upon Christ 〈◊〉 contented to part with it so must we be contented to part with 〈◊〉 wealth to the members of Christ it is a great corruption that many a man can bee contented to worship Christ but cannot endure to part with any goods wealth or to open their treasures to Christ but we must not onely worship him but also offer to him and be contented to part with our wealth for his sake I but some man may say that hee would bee contented to offer to Christ but hee hath no gold no frankincense to offer I answere thee though thou hast no gold to offer yet thou hast thy sinnes and a soule and body to offer first thou hast thy sinnes kill and crucifie them and thy vile lusts offer them to God this will be an acceptable sacrifice to God The Iewes did offer their cattle for sacrifices but offer thou thy sinnes slay them and it will bee pleasing to God Secondly although thou hast no gold to offer yet thou hast a body and soule to offer to Gods service as Roman 12. 1. I beseech you brethren by the mercy of God that you present your bodies a living sacrifice holy acceptable unto God therefore all our members wherewith we have served sinne wee should now turne them to the service of God so the Apostle saith as you have given your members as weapons of unrighteousnesse to serve sinne so now give your members as weapons of righteousnesse to serve God Thirdly the Wisemen were warned of God in a dreame that when they had seene Christ they should not returne and goe backe to Herod againe so we have the same charge still that when we have seene Christ wee should not returne againe to Herod that is to our vile lusts againe There is a strange ceremony in the Law spoken of Ezech. 46. 9. that when the people went into the Temple at one doore they were commanded to goe out at the other doore if they went in at the South they must goe out at the North doore and if they came in at the North they must goe out at the South doore the meaning whereof is this that they must not goe out as they came in but they must bee altered and changed if they came covetous persons they must goe away liberall if swearers they must goe away sober and reverent speakers if unchast persons they must depart chast if bad livers they might goe away good and so they must be altered and changed from their sins to the contrary vertues in like manner let us doe when wee come to the ministery of the Word and then wee shall be blessed both in life and death Hitherto we have heard how the birth of Christ was made manifest seeing Hee was so obscurely borne and that first by Angels to the Shepheards secondly to the Wisemen by a starre adding in the third place how Ierusalem was affected with the brute and fame of it Now when Christ was five weekes old his parents brought him into the temple to doe for him according to the law then Simeon came into the Temple by a motion of the Spirit and tooke him into his armes and embraced him and thus it was made more manifest at Ierusalem In this manifestation of the birth of Christ to Simeon we are to observe three things 1. The specification of the Person 2. The manner 3. The effects In the specification of the person we are to observe three things First his Name hee was called Simeon which was a name famous amongst the Iewes and therefore so much the fitter was hee to make Christ knowne in Ierusalem Secondly the place he dwelt in it was at Ierusalem he was not a stranger but one that dwelt amongst them Thirdly his qualitie and vertues and they are three 1. He was a just man 2. A devout religious man 3. That he waited for the consolation of Israel First for his Name it was Simeon famous amongst the people of Ierusalem and therefore the more fit was he for the manifestation of Christ amongst them in his time Secondly the place where he dwelt at Ierusalem he was not a stranger unknowne amongst them but such an one as dwelt amongst them and was of great account with them therefore the more fitter to make Christ knowne unto them Here we may see the wise dispensation of God to appoint one so fit for it for if he had appointed the Shepheards to have done it they might have beene despised because they were poore men if the Wisemen should have done it because they were strangers they would not have beene beleeved therefore the Lord makes choise of a man amongst them one that was not a stranger but a dweller in Ierusalem for home examples are most fit to moove and therefore the Apostle Paul to Titus because he would adde weight to his speech saith One of your owne Poets saith so Hence wee are to consider the goodnesse of God to us that hath not onely sent strangers to incite and to stirre us up but home examples to moove and provoke us as Iohn 4. the Woman of Samaria that talked with Christ shee reported the matter to the men of the city and many of them beleeved because of the Womans words and so to the Romans the Apostle shewes that their zeale provoked many so our Saviour laieth it as a heavy burthen on the Scribes and Pharises that they were not mooved to repentance by the home examples they daily saw One saith well that home examples are like to little forkes and staies that beare up the young plants till they get ripenesse Heb. 11. the whole world was condemned by Noahs example in that he made an Arke for the saving of himselfe and his family and yet they were not mooved thereby so the painefulnesse of one shall condemne the idlenesse of another the good life of one shall condemne the ignorance or bad life of another therefore it is good to profit by the home examples that be amongst us Thirdly his qualities and vertues which are three first he is said be a just man not a contentious man or a bad liver but an innocent and a just man a good dealer in the world this is the first title that is given him which should teach us that if ever we desire to see Christ and depart in peace we must labour to be just men and good dealers in the world This is much commended in the Scriptures Gen. 6. Noah is said to be a just man in his generation and Iob 1. God saith to the devill Hast thou not considered my servant Iob that there is none like him in the earth a perfect and an upright man fearing God and eschewing evill so Psal 37.
the light of Nature wee have the light of Gods grace it it a fearefull thing when a man shall sinne against his conscience though a man sinne of weaknesse and of infirmity yet let us take heed we sinne not against conscience for what a pitifull thing is it that a mans conscience shall say as the Lepers said O we doe not well that we doe so I doe not well to sin to sweare to prophane the Sabbaths I doe not well to nourish any sin to backbite my neighbours It is a fearefull thing to sin against conscience all other accusers one thing or other will stop them either bribes or favour or fiendship or intreatie or flattery but there is nothing that will stop the accusing of evill conscience neither bribes nor flattery nor friendship nor intreaty Revel 20. 12. conscience is compared to a booke that all things are written in when there is question about a debt come to the booke and that doth manifest the matter so there is a question whether thou hast sinned or not come to thy conscience and that will resolve thee all thy sins are written there although thou doe not see nor feele them yet at the Iudgement day when the booke shall bee opened then all shall bee manifest as if they were but new committed Secondly other accusers doe accuse us but certaine times either at Terme time or when anger is stirred but an accusing conscience will give them no peace at any time the worme of conscience wil torment a man at all times in the night and in the day when hee is in company and when he is alone Thirdly other accusers a man may flie from for if they be in one country hee may flie into another country but there is no man can flie from the accusing of an evill conscience unlesse a man flie from himselfe Augustine saith all other plagues a man may fly from from the famine from the envie of man from the pestilence he may flie but he can never from an evill conscience Man saith he get thee into thy chamber or into the secretest place that may bee and although thou shut the doore yet thou canst not shut out the accusing of an evill conscience unlesse thou shut up thy selfe If a man were in a close chamber full of small lights and there were in the same roome one great light though he should put out all the other and leave but this one yet that were sufficient to disclose and to lay open his shame so in the chamber of this world there be a number of lights if all should be put out and there be left this great light of a mans conscience this is sufficient to discover and to lay open a mans shame Thirdly The strange silence of Christ that answered nothing though Pilate did urge him and it did concerne his life therefore the more ready he should have been as one would have thought to defend himselfe for naturally men are ready to defend their lives as the Devill saith of Iob all that a man hath will hee give for his life But see Christ was silent which shewes how ready he was to lay downe his life for us and how willingly this was the reason why Christ was silent and said nothing here we may see the great love of Christ that whereas we should have lost our lives have perished in hell for ever hee was contented to lay downe his life for us Now Christ hath not laid downe his life onely that wee should lay downe our lives for him againe but that we should lay downe our sinnes he was willing to part with his life and wee are not willing to part with our sins for his sake Hester 6. when Ahashuerosh could not sleepe in the night time he cals to a servant to reade in the Chronicles and then found what Mordecai had done in preserving of his life and so makes this inquiry But what honour and dignity hath there been done to Mordecai for it So when a Christian cannot sleepe in his bed hee should be thinking how willing Christ was to lay down his life for him he should make this enquiry what honour and dignitie have I done unto Christ for it Augustine saith this is the reasoning betwixt Christ and us O man wilt thou make a change with me wilt thou forgoe thy sinnes and take my bloud take the merit of my death and I will take the punishment of thy sinnes Fourthly His protestation and confession that hee is the Sonne of God for when Pilate heard that he was afraid that God was ingaged against him and to oppose himselfe against God he was loth this it was that made him to stop and stay the reverence hee had to the name of Christ O that we Christians had this reverence to the name of God that it might stop and ●●ay us in the course of sinne Pilate was stayed at the mention of the name of God but we heare of the name of God every day from day to day and yet it cannot stop us in the course of our sinnes we see Gen. 39. 9. that the reverent awe that Ioseph had of the name of God kept him from sinning against God so David Psal 21. 22. Because I kept the wayes of the Lord I did not wickedly against my God for all his lawes were before me and I did not cast his Commandements from me And so here Pilate an Heathen did reverence the name of God this it was that stopped him and made him stand so fast for Christ Fifthly The holy commination of Christ saith hee Hee that delivered mee to thee hath the greater sinne There is no man that can have his hand in the death of Christ but he must needs sinne This was it that made Pilate a Heathen man loth to condemne Christ be cause he should sinne against God This must teach us that when wee heare it is a sinne to sweare or lye not to doe it though it be to save a mans life Wee have heard it is a sinne to prophane the Sabbath to mispend the time wickedly and yet neverthelesse dare we goe on and doe it Surely Pilate shall rise up in judgement against us at the last day and condemne us for it We see 1 Sam. 14. 33. when Saul heard that the people had sinned in eating of blood hee laboured to stoppe and to stay them O that there were such affection in Christians to labour to stoppe others but especially themselves in the course of sin For it is Gods great mercie that any thing comes in the way to stoppe or stay us in the course of sinne whether it bee our conscience or the admonitions of our wives or any thing else The Philosophers say that the upper Heavens would set all the world together if they were not staid by the nether but whether that be true or no this is that there is such greedinesse in man to commit sinne that
all would come to confusion if God should not restraine him 1 Sam. 25. 32. when David was in his heate hee thought to have killed Nabal and all his houshold but when hee met with Abigail and was come to himselfe Blessed be the Lord God of Israel saith hee which hath sent thee this day to meete mee And blessed bee thy advice and blessed bee thou which hast kept mee this day from comming to shed blood and from avenging my selfe with mine owne hand So when we be in our heate then we care not what we doe but if we once come to our selves then we can say O blessed be God for such a man and such a woman that kept me from sinning against him When Balaam went to curse the People of God for a bribe if the Asse had not spoken to him and made a stoppe the Angell of the Lord had killed him The Asse saw the danger but hee saw it not therefore the Lord gave Balaam cause to blesse God for his Asse even so if there bee any thing that stops us from committing sinne and though it be but an Asse we have cause to blesse God for it The fourth generall point that wee observed in Christs condemnation was What made Pilate to condemne Christ And that appeares to be 1. The importunitie of the Iewes 2. The feare of losing Caesars favour First the importunitie of the Iewes for the more hee pleaded for him the worse they were the more they cried out crucifie him crucifie him At last being wearied with their importunacie hee yeelds to them and condemneth him Here we may see what a wicked thing it is to yeeld to any bad thing for any importunitie whatsoever Adam yeeldeth to his wife and so brought death upon himselfe and his posteritie and was thrust out of Paradise So Sampson yeeldeth to Delilah and lost both his eyes If a man yeeld because hee would have rest he shall bee condemned for it If it bee good to stand out in the cause of Christ the first and the second time it is good to stand out to the end As if one be set to keepe away birds he cannot excuse himselfe to say the birds are busie and I cannot make them leave but the more busie the birds be the more busie he should be to suppresse them So the more wee be importuned to sinne aud the more busie the Divell is to tempt us the more busie we should be in Prayer and meditation to suppresse the temptations of the Divell It was Iosephs glory that notwithstanding his Mistris lay at him day by day yet he yeelded not to her So this shall be the glory of a Christian that notwithstanding ghee bee tempted to sinne from day to day hee yeelds not to it It is noted of Christ that when the Tempter ended the Angels came and ministred unto him So when wee have stood out in temptations and they be ended the Angels will come and minister to us a Cup of comfort or a Crowne of glory But Pilate because he stood not out in the cause of Christ as hee had begunne but yeelded lost all his glory therefore it is said in our Creede He suffered under Pontius Pilate which is a marke of disgrace unto him to the Worlds end The second thing that drew Pilate to condemne Christ was feare of losing Caesars favour for when the Iewes told him that if he let him goe hee was not Caesars friend this did so perplexe and amaze him that he sinnes against his conscience and inclines to the worser side Hee had good affections and stood out in the cause of Christ when all were against him but when it came to this that if he stood out still he should lose Caesars favor or else Gods favour He makes choyse of Caesars favour So it is with the world still so long as God and Caesar goe together so long as the world and religion goe together so long they hold but when it comes to this that they must lose Caesars favour or Gods favour they will leave God and choose Caesars favour But it is remarkable and worthy our observation that he that will make himselfe a friend to the world may have indeed Caesars favour for a time but he shall be sure to have God his enemie and then perhaps Caesar too as we may see in Pilate who laboured for Caesars favour and chose that before Gods favour yet through the just judgement of God he lost Caesars also for upon complaint made he was sent for and put from his Office banished the Land and so through griefe and vexation laying hands upon himselfe desperately killeth himselfe Let men take heed of this how they keepe mens favour and lose Gods for if it be so with them they may looke for Pilates judgement to have neither of them both because the doe not choose Gods favour above all SERMON XIX MATTH 27. 31. And after that they had mocked him they tooke the Robe off from him and put his owne raiment on him and led him away to crucifie him HAving spoken of the sufferings and condemnation of Christ in the next place we come to speake of his Crucifying wherein divers things are to bee considered 1. Why he must die the death of the Crosse 2. How he was led to be Crucified 3. The place where he was Crucified 4. The time and manner when 5. How Christ carried himselfe upon the Crosse First why of all other deaths He must die the cursed death of the Crosse for foure Reasons First because of all other deaths this was accursed by the Law of God none else was burning stoning dying by the sword or any other there is no curse annexed unto but to this one onely Cursed is every one that hangeth on tree Gal. 3. 13. Deut. 21. 23. So that he died not the least death but the worst that might be even the cursed death of the crosse and it was because he would take our curse upon him for by reason of our sins we deserved to be cursed both in life and death that we might be blessed in our deaths and freed of the curse hee was contented to take this same accursed death upon him Let us therefore never forget this great love of Christ to us yea remember what Saint Paul saith to Philemon concerning Onesimus If he oweth thee any thing set it on my skore I will satisfie thee for it So Christ doth ingage himselfe to God for us to take our curse on him that we may be blessed to die for us that we may live to be forsaken of God that wee may be received of God therefore let us never forget this love of Christ to us as Iohn 13. Saint Peter wonders at Christs humility Wilt thou wash my feet So we may much more wonder at the humility of Christ that he that was the Sonne of God higher than the Angels would die the cursed death
It is Iosephs blessing Genes 46. 4. That he should put his hands upon his father Iacobs eyes that is that hee shall not leave them in the time of death It is the tendernesse of many that they cannot abide to bee with their friends at the time of death but wee that bee Christians must labour to overcome this and performe this good duty to helpe and comfort them as much as we can It is said of Abraham Gen. 19. 16. That when the Angels came to his house and were to goe from him he brought them on the way the consideration of which dutie should put us in minde to performe another namely that when wee see them readie to depart we should attend them with good speeches with our prayers and never leave them till we have brought them as farre as we can we reade 2 King when God would take away Elias Elisha would not leave him but attended him till a firy chariot came and tooke him away and so carried him to heaven so we should not leave our friends and neighbours but attend them with good speeches and prayers till God hath received them into heaven a place of glory the very seat of God Secondly the Spirituall use is that as Mary and Iohn gathered to the Crosse as neere him as possibly they might so every man should gather to the Crosse of Christ as neere as possibly he can that when others attend their pleasures profits and their sins yet thou mayest get as neere the crosse as thou canst and joyne thy selfe to Christ that every drop of bloud there may fall upon thy soule and conscience If a man come where there is a fountaine of water if he be a-thirst he will make way to it upon his hands and knees so seeing God hath opened a fountaine for us in the bloud of his Sonne as it is Zech. 13. 1. If we be a-thirst we will creepe upon our hands and knees to make way to this fountaine and drinke of it that so wee may be nourished to eternall life The Papists run to Ierusalem to see the woodden crosse of Christ which when they have done they are never a whit the better for it but doe thou labour to mortifie thy sinnes in the crosse and death of Christ joyne thy selfe to him by a true faith and then thou shalt partake of his crosse eat his body to live eternally and to drinke his bloud to thy everlasting comfort Thus much for the spirituall use The second thing that was observed is The speech of Christ wherein wee observe two things 1. The tenour of his speech 2. The time of it First The tenour of it is Woman behold thy Sonne and to his Disciple behold thy mother as if he should say take this man for thy sonne and hee shall performe the duty of a sonne unto thee in my roome take him to be thy sonne and take this woman to be thy mother Secondly The time when hee spake it when hee was in paines and torments upon the crosse wherein divers things are to be observed First we may see the care of Christ for his mother that he provides carefully for her and therefore commends her to Iohn Which must teach us to be carefull to provide comfortably for those we leave behinde us in this world our wives and our children wee reade to this purpose Hebr. 11. 21. that Iaakob blessed both the sons of Ioseph by faith when he was a dying It is a heathenish saying when I am dead let heaven and earth run together such care for no body but themselves but we who are Christians must have a care of the good of those we leave behind us So Isaak did Gen. 27. 2. I am old saith he and know not the day of my death come and let me blesse thee before I die So likewise Elias saith to Elisha when he was to ascend in a firy chariot What shall I doe for thee before I bee taken from thee I but some may say I have no body to commit my wife and children to I have no friend nor kinsman I answer If thou have no body to commend them to neither friend nor kinsman then commend them to God and he will provide for them if thou layest them downe in the armes of God he will keepe them So saith our Saviour Christ Iohn 17. 11. having none but God to commend his Disciples to when he was to depart this world saith he And now I am no more in the world but these are in the world and I come to thee holy Father keepe them in thy Name So Paul Act. 20. 32. when he had no body to commend the people to he commends them to God when he was to depart from them saith he And now brethren I commend you to God and to the Word of his Grace which is able to build you up further and to give you an inheritance amongst all them who are sanctified Therefore if wee have no friend nor kinsman to commit those we leave behinde to we must commit them to God and he will provide for them this must be our care when we are to depart this world Secondly this care of Christ may teach us that hee is not onely the Saviour of our soules but of our bodies therefore Luk. 22. 35. our Saviour saith to his Disciples When I sent you out without bagge and scrip and shoes lacked ye any thing And they said nothing so we see Christ did provide for the body and soule this is the reason why Christ did not onely teach the people but he did feede them too to shew that he was not onely the Saviour of the soule but of the body too hee did not onely take care of their soules but of their bodies also this meetes with the common corruption of these dayes in that men commit the care of their soules to God but they are afraid they shall want food rayment and things needfull for this life therefore they will take care for their bodies themselves but it is certaine that if Christ have care of our soules which is the greater hee will have a care of our bodies which is the lesser this Christ teaches us in reason Matth. 6. Is not the life more worth than meate and the body more worth than rayment and is not the kingdome of glory more worth than the things of this life therefore if he give the greater let us not doubt he will stand for to give us the lesser which are the things of this life Thirdly this care of Christ must teach us that we must so performe our duety to God as we doe not neglect it to men and we must so performe our duety to men that wee doe not neglect it to God therefore the Lord hath joyned both together as Mic. 6. 8. He hath shewed thee O man what is good and what the Lord requireth at thy hand surely to doe justly and to
redeemed us by his Sonne not onely by his life but by his death also And therefore as S. Andrew saith I am more beholding to thee O Lord for the worke of my redemption by the death of thy Sonne than for the power by which I was created therefore if a man should be thankfull for his creation much more should he be for the worke of his redemption for it was a marvellous love of Christ the hee tooke our nature upon him to come into the world to worke our redemption to lose his life to finish and perfect it and therefore how thankefull ought we to be for so great a mercy Secondly seeing our redemption and salvation is perfected and finished by the death of Christ wee may see the grievousnesse and greatnesse of our sinnes that when we had sinned against God all the powers in heaven and earth could not doe it but it must bee Christ that eternall Sonne of God and it was not with his life only but with his death wee thinke much of suffering any little affliction or trouble but Christ must die to expiate sinne and to abolish it whereas neither Angels nor Archangels nor all the Saints and holy men in the world could have done it therfore seeing Christ paid so deare for it we must take heed we doe not account it a light matter to sinne Therefore let us take heed how we grieve him by our sinne seeing hee was contented to lose his life and to shed his heart blood for us SERMON XXV LVKE 23. 46. And when Iesus had cryed with a loud voyce hee said Father into thy hands I commend my spirit And having said thus he gave up the ghost OF the seven last words which Christ spake on the crosse this is the last which containes an holy Resignation of the soule and spirit of Christ into the hands of his Father wherein something in generall and something in particular is to bee considered The generall is this That all the speeches and words that Christ did speake on the crosse from the first to the last were holy and good so hee did not onely begin well but did end well also he made an holy close of his life when he came to breathe out his last breath which must teach us what the care of a Christian should be when he is in sicknesse and trouble not onely to begin well but to continue well till he come to dye and breathe out his last breath and then to make an holy close of his life this is that which Christ speaketh of Mat. 24. Hee that continueth unto the end shall bee saved and the spirit of God Revel 2. 10. Bee thou faithfull to the death and I will give thee a crowne of life An Archer though hee ayme and draw well yet if hee in the loose let his hand slip or sinke downe he will be wide of the marke so though we begin and ayme well yet if we start aside or sinke downe when wee come to die wee lose all our glory therefore it must bee our care not onely to begin but to end well also It is in sanctified motions as it is with wheeles that bee swiftest at the first and afterwards slower and slower till the wheele stand still so it is in sanctified motions they bee swiftest at the first and afterward by little and little they abate till at last they dye if they bee not supplied by good meanes therefore it is good not onely to begin well but also to end well too when we breathe out our last breath Iohn 2. Christ set out the best wine at the last But quite contrary it is the manner of the world to bee best at first and worst at last with the people of God it must not be so for if there bee any worst it must bee the first and the best at the last Indeed it is the fashion of the world to begin well and to end ill but the people of God must not doe so they must not onely begin well but also continue well and end well and so make an holy close of their life when they breathe out their last breath and when they shut up their eyes from the light of this world they may see the kingdome of heaven The next thing to be considered is the practice of Christ when hee came to dye In which observe five things 1. To whom he commended his spirit to his Father 2. What it was he commended his spirit 3. When he commended his spirit at the instant of his death 4. Vpon what ground he commended his spirit upon a perswasion that he was his Father 5. What comfort wee may have by the commending of his spirit into the hands of his Father First to whom hee commended his spirit the Text sheweth to his Father When we be alive we commend our selves to our friends in hope of comfort but when we come to die we must commend ourselves to God only therefore as Christ when hee came to dye shut up his eyes and did not looke upon his mother nor his disciples nor upon any beloved but hee did wholly commend himselfe into the hands of his Father in hope of comfort so when wee come to dye wee must shut up our eyes and not comfort our selves in our wives children friends and those we love deareliest but we must commend our soules into the hands of God Yea the people of God have good cause to doe so in regard he is all in all to us as David saith Psal 73. 25. Whom have I in heaven but thee and there is none upon earth that I desire besides thee therefore hee cast himselfe upon God in hope of comfort so a man while he liveth may have many friends to commend himselfe to but when hee commeth to dye there is none but God that we can commend our soules to Therefore seeing no man hath any body to commend his soule to at last but God onely it must be our wisedome to keepe God our friend for if we despise him in our health it is just with him to despise and reject us when we come to die We read Iudg 10. 14. when the Children of Israel had forsaken the Lord and followed Baalam and Astaroth and served them in their distresse when they came and cried to God to save them out of the hands of their enemies the Lord said unto them Goe and crie unto the gods whom ye have chosen Let them save you in the time of your tribulation In like manner the Lord will say to us when wee have despised him in the time of our health and have followed our pleasures profits and our old sinnes goe and crie unto the gods whom yee have served see if your money will save and helpe you you that have made your pleasures your belly and your sinnes your God now see if these will helpe you for if ye despised God in your life time it is just with
passed that heaven and earth could not reverse it therefore either we must die in our own persons or Christ must die for us he took our nature upon him died for us and so gave satisfaction to the justice of God In the Law we see when lots were cast for the Goats he that the lot fell on was killed and the other escaped so there were lots cast whether we should die or he it pleased God that the lot fell on Christ hee was killed and we escaped wherein we may see the infinite love of Christ that died to satisfie the justice of God that we might not die we reade 2 Sam. 10. 33. David cried out O my sonne Absalom my sonne my sonne Absalom would God I had died for thee O Absalom my sonne my sonne wherein he shewed the true affection of a father Now that which David desired for his sonne Christ hath performed for us and therefore when wee thinke of the death of Christ we may thinke of the infinite love of God to us If one should commit such a fault against the King that he should lose his head or his eye or some part of him how farre should a man goe to finde such a friend to take his punishment upon him and so free him But Christ doth more for us than this he hath not only lost an eye or an hand for us but hee died for us therefore as often as wee thinke of the death of Christ so often wee should thinke of the love of God The Centurion Luke 7. sent the Elders of the Iewes to Christ to tell him of one that loved their nation and builded them a Synagogue but Christ hath done more for us than to build a Synagogue for he hath loved us and wished away our sinnes in his bloud as Saint Iohn saith Revel 1. 5. And therefore as often as we thinke of the death of Christ so often let us thinke of the infinite love of Christ that he would die for us to satisfie the justice of God for sinne Secondly it was needfull that Christ should die that our sinnes might die in his death for he tooke all our sinnes upon him as Saint Peter saith Who in his owne body bare our sinnes upon the Crosse when he went to die on the crosse all our sinnes were bound unto him who carried them up with him unto the crosse that they might be crucified with him and die in his death this was another thing that made a necessity of the death of Christ therefore if we live in sinne what doe we but pull downe our sinnes from the crosse of Christ bring them to the fire rub and chafe them as it were put Aqua-vitae into the mouth of them that they may live againe Iosua 7. we read that Achan stole away a wedge of gold and a Babylonish garment of the spoile when Iericho was destroyed and that proved his owne destruction in the end so if wee steale our sinnes from the crosse of Christ notwithstanding Christ died that sin might die with him then these same stolne sinnes will be our destruction Thirdly it was needfull that Christ shold die to seale unto true beleevers the promises that God hath made in the Gospell God hath bequeathed life everlasting and Christ heaven and happinesse to those that repent and beleeve In the law there is nothing but death and destruction promised to those that did transgresse and breake it but in the new testament God hath promised to them that repent and beleeve life and salvation heaven and happinesse Therefore that these promises might be sealed and confirmed Christ must die for as long as the testator liveth the testament is of no force As it is Heb. 9. 16. For saith he the testament is confirmed when men be dead because it is of no force as long as he that made it is alive therefore that the promises of God might stand good unto us it pleased the sonne of God to die for us and to seale it with his blood all which is to sustaine and comfort us for although wee have nothing here but misery and trouble yet one day we shall bee put in possession of heaven and happinesse as a man that hath a patent or a sealed deed that hee shall have such lands and livings one day though hee have not any thing to help himselfe yet he wil comfort himselfe with that which is to come so though we be put in possession on these promises presently yet let us comfort our selves that one day they shall be verified unto us and although wee endure troubles and afflictions in this world yet we may bodly stand up and say Lord I thanke thee I have a sealed deed to shew that one day I shall enjoy the promises that thou hast made in the Gospell here we see for the comfort of a Christian it was needfull for Christ to die and to seale with his blood the promises that are made in the Gospell Secondly the time when he died when he had finished the worke of mans redemption and done the worke hee came for a long time did he hang on the crosse in paines and torments yet he dyed not till hee had done the worke hee came for which must teach us that wee should bee willing to die when we have done our worke when wee have repented of our sinnes and made Christ sure to us then we should be willing to die and never till then so it is said of David Act. 13. 36. After he had served his generation by the counsell of God he fell on sleepe and was laid unto his fathers and saw corruption so the Lord said to Moses Numb 31. 2. Avenge the children of Israel of the Midianites and afterwards shalt thou be gathered unto thy people in like manner we must doe the will of God and fulfill the worke he sent us to doe and then we shall be willing to dye and never till then If a master should send his servant beyond sea to deale for him in his businesse if hee come home and doe the halfe onely and leave the other halfe undone hee must looke for a cold welcome home so God hath sent us into this world to doe his businesse whereof if we doe but the halfe leaving the rest undone we may looke for a cold welcome when wee come to dye 1 King 19. 4. we read that Elias laid him downe under a Iuniper tree and desired that he might die saying it is enough O Lord take away my life for I am no better than my fathers at which time an Angell came unto him and said Vp Elias eate and drinke for thy journey is too great for thee so many times a Christian may have a desire to dye when troubles and griefes are upon him but the Spirit of God comes unto him and bids him arise for God hath another service for him to doe We see Christ was not willing to dye
David saith Psal 59. that their throates are an open sepulcher even like an open grave a stinking place a place of rottennesse and Matth. 23. 27. our Saviour saith that the Pharisees were like painted graves that looke gloriously without but within were lothsome and filthy therefore because the grave is the lothsommest and filthiest place in it selfe Christ was buried that hee might perfume and sweeten our graves so wee see that Christ hath altered the nature of the grave for that whereas it was a place of rottennesse now he hath made it a sweet resting place to his servants Chrysostome saith well that which was a prison house of a severe Iudge he hath made a storehouse to lay up his treasure in for the grave was a prison house wherein men lay bound under the chaines of death untill the day of judgement now hee hath made it a storehouse to treasure up his servants till the time of Resurrection as Esay 57. 2. saith the Prophet Hee shall enter into peace they shall rest in their beds every one that walketh before me so the grave is as the bed for his servants to rest in till Christ bring them to glory and happinesse If a man were to passe into another countrey and must goe through dennes graves and hollow places in the earth if one could espy the footsteps of one of our deare friends that had passed that way this would give a man comfort to follow after so wee are to passe into another countrey to heaven and wee must goe through the dennes caves and hollow places of the earth if wee can see by the eye of faith that Christ hath gone the same way there bee footsteps and markes that he hath left behinde him this will give a man courage and comfort therefore howsoever death may be terrible and dreadfull to the eye of sense and to be trodden and trampled under feet of death is a fearefull thing yet by the eye of faith wee may see that Christ hath perfumed the grave and made it a sweete resting place to his servants and therefore this may comfort us Fourthly that wee might have power and strength to bury sinne for wee must not onely have power to kill sinne and worke the death of it which is much but there must also bee as it were a buriall of sinne there must be a consuming of it by little and little till it be utterly wasted as a dead man when hee is laid into the grave and buried consumes by little and little so wee must bury sinne till it bee consumed and wasted for as it is with man so it is with sinne in a man there be two things the life and the body of man take away the life from the body and that is nothing but a lumpe of earth if it remaine unburied it will poyson the ayre so there is in every man the life of sinne and the body of sinne the life of sinne is the raigning of it and the body of sinne is the lumpe of lust and corruption therefore when the life or rather raigning of sin is taken away still there remaines the body sinne this wee must bury or else it will infect us so the Apostle Paul faith Rom. 6. that we doe not onely dye to sinne in the death of Christ but we are also buried with him therefore let us carry this same body of sinne unto the grave of Christ and bury it in his grave And you that have beene at the buriall of your friends turne againe to bury your sinnes every one must addresse himselfe to this buriall that so it may be wasted and consumed wee read Ezek. 39. 14. of a strange speech that there were scearchers appointed to goe through the land who if they found any dead mens bones they were to set up a sticke till the buriers did come and bury them so a Christian must doe his conscience must bee the scearcher it must finde out our sinnes which be as dead mens bones and when wee have found them wee must set stickes up by them for markes and never be at rest till they bee buried and may rot and consume to nothing therefore seeing Christ was buried that wee might have power and strength to bury sinne we must take heed that we doe not roote them out of the grave againe and uncover the moulds to this end let every man pray for grace that he may suffer his sinnes to be buryed If a man should rake a man out of the grave that had lyen there foure dayes as Lazarus did hee would poyson the ayre and infect the countrey so our sinnes if we should root them out that have beene buried these hundred yeeres they would bee ready to infect all the country therefore wee must pray to God that our sinnes may be buried and kept downe by the power of Christs buriall that so they may never rise againe The second thing observed was the parties that buried Christ Ioseph of Arimathea and Nicodemus now these were great rich men Senatours honorable men and Counsellors who buried Christ with their owne hands they did it not by a servant Ioseph he begs the body of Christ and tooke it downe in all likelihood with his owne hands and Nicodemus brought an hundreth pound of sweete odours of Myrrh and Aloes to imbalme the body of Christ It is a strange thing that these honorable persons would stoope to so meane a service as this but it was the love that they bare to Christ that made them and it may teach us that if wee truely love Christ wee will stoope to any meane duty and service for Christ or his members as Gen. 18. when the Angels came to Abrahams house he made them a feast and he waited on them as if hee had beene a servant because of the love he did beare to them so in Exod. 2. 11. wee read Moses was the adopted sonne of Pharoahs daughter and yet he did not scorne to goe out and looke on the burthens of his brethren and when there was injury offered unto them he did labour to right it so also Zacheus hee was a rich man who when hee did heare that Christ came by gets himselfe into a fig-tree to see Christ now one should have thought that such a man would have scorned such a thing to climbe up into a tree amongst boyes and girles and yet love to Christ made him doe it in like manner our Saviour Christ Iohn 13. did rise from the Table and tooke a towell and girding it about him washed his Disciples feet and after he had done he said ye call me Lord and Master as I am indeede if I then your Lord and Master have washed your feete yee ought much more to wash one anothers feete if there be any love in us to Christ we will stoope to any meane duty or service for Christ or his members one would have thought that such an honorable person as Ioseph
looke for as they have trouble so they shall have deliverance out of it as Paul saith 2 Tim. 2. 12. If wee suffer with Christ wee shall also raigne with him of these things saith the Apostle put them in remembrance as they bee humbled here so they shall bee exalted in time to come all the people of God must sustaine themselves with this as Iob 14. where he saith All the daies of my appointed time will I waite till my change come their shame shall be turned into glory and their paines into ease their trouble into joy so also saith David Psal 123. as the eyes of a servant waite on his master and the eyes of a maide attend on her mistresse so we will waite on thee till thou have mercy on us therefore it is plaine as there is a time of trouble so there will be a time of mercy as Christ had these two times so all the people of God shall have these two times Now there be foure degrees of his exaltation 1. His resurrection from the dead 2. His ascension 3. His sitting at the right hand of God 4. His comming to judgement Now of the resurrection of Christ there bee divers things to bee considered 1. Why it was needefull Christ should rise 2. When he rose againe 3. The manner of his rising againe 4. In what estate he did rise againe 5. The manifestation of his rising 6. The fruite and benefit we attaine thereby First The reason why it was needfull Christ should rise for as there were reasons why he should suffer so there are also reasons why he should rise againe First To assure us that all our sinnes are pardoned purged and expiated in the death of Christ for if there had beene but one sinne of so many thousands committed unexpiated and unreconciled the guilt of that one sin would have held Christ under for ever for Paul saith the wages of sinne is death therefore seeing Christ did rise againe it is a plaine evidence that there is not one sinne but is done away and reconciled and yee many a man doth not thinke of this but lyeth in a number of sinnes whereas we see that one sin had been sufficient to have held Christ under death for ever therefore saith Paul Rom. 8. 33. who shall lay any thing to the charge of Gods elect It is God that justifieth who shall condemne and againe in chap. 4. ult he saith Christ was delivered for our sinnes and raised againe for our justification for as Christ was justified before God so is every true Christian by the meanes of Christ Wee see in experience that a man being cast into prison for another mans debt having chaines cast on his hands and fetters on his feet if the party see a little while after the chaines taken off his hands and his fetters knocked off from his feet himselfe to have liberty to walke abroad he may surely thinke that his debt is discharged this is the case betweene Christ and us we were indebted to God Christ is become our surety he is taken and cast into the grave and the chaines of death are cast on him therefore when a little while after Christ comes out of the grave and casts off the chaines of death and walkes at liberty againe we may thinke mans debt is answered we reconciled God pacified and pleased and we shall not answere for it before the tribunall of God for if there had beene but one sinne unexpiated that one sinne would have kept Christ under therefore in that Christ rose it is an evidence that our sinnes are pardoned and expiated Secondly Christ rose to applie salvation for he did purchase and worke mans salvation by his death and rose againe to apply it for though salvation and redemption was wrought by his death and purchased for us yet unlesse he had rose againe to apply it we could have had no benefit by it for all that we might have perished as Ioh. 7. 39. it is said The Spirit was not yet given because Iesus was not yet glorified there were many goodly promises made unto the Church and gifts given but they had them not till such time as Christ was risen to apply them Augustine saith that he made excellent promises to the Church but there was not a hand of power to bestow them till Christ was risen and therefore it was needfull that Christ should rise as Physitians and Surgeons temper a great many of plaisters and then send their servants our to apply them so Christ hath tempered many plaisters with his blood to heale the conscience that is sicke of sin and he sends out his faithfull ministers to apply them we see many times a father doth purchase goodly lands and livings which the childe never enjoyes but Christ hee hath not purchased life and salvation for us but hee lives againe to put us in possession of it therefore it was needfull that Christ should rise againe to apply salvation to us Thirdly That hee might bee an undoubted evidence to us that we shall rise againe Augustine saith that which went before in the head shall follow in the members for as Christ did rise out of the grave so he shall raise all his members Now hee will raise them two waies first out of the grave secondly out of trouble whiles they live here First Christ will raise his members out of the grave for as hee himselfe rose out of the grave so hee will raise them out of it by the same vertue and power howsoever they may dye as others doe and turne to dust yet one day they shall rise againe out of their graves so saith Paul 1 Thes. 4. 16. the dead in Christ shall rise and vers 17. he shewes that they which are a live at the comming of Christ shall not prevent them which are dead which is plainely manifested 1 Cor. 15. 22. that as in Adam all died even so in Christ shall all be made alive Now every man seeth how we dye by Adam but the faith of a Christian must goe further and see how he shall live by Christ this must be the onely stay of a Christian that howsoever hee shall dye and bee turned into dust yet one day hee shall rise againe by the power of Christ therefore howsoever we may be humbled heere have much trouble and affliction and in the end dye and turne to dust yet let us comfort our selves with this that one day wee shall rise againe by the power of Christ to possesse eternall happinesse thus Iob did sustaine himselfe when he was forsaken of his friends when hee was a stranger to his maides his wife not regarding him hee saies joyfully to himselfe in the nineteeth Chapter I know my Redeemer liveth and hee shall stand at the latter day on the earth and though after my skinne wormes destroy this body yet shall I see God in my flesh in like manner a Christian ought to sustaine himselfe that
they should so when thou shalt see Christ rise in great power and shalt see great glory put upon him if thou hast not kept him under three dayes together only but many dayes how wilt thou quake and tremble seeing thou hast not better attended nor regarded him Thirdly An Angell came and ministred unto him which did roule away the stone terrifie the souldiers comfort the women here we may see the wicked they roule a stone upon Christ to keepe him downe but the Angels take it away they minister unto Christ which may be a comfort to Christians that as the Angels ministred unto Christ so they shall doe service to them they shall take away the stone dig away the earth and moulds to pull them out of their graves that they may come joyfully forth and be made partakers of everlasting life as Matth. 25. Christ saith that he will send forth his Angels to gather together his Elect from the foure corners of the earth to digge them out of the earth to pull them out of their graves that they may stand comfortably before God at the last day And there is a further comfort we shall have by the Angels for they shall not onely helpe us out of the graves but they shall also helpe us out of trouble as we see when Peter was in prison Acts. 12. it is said And the Angell of God brought him out and set him in safetie so also Daniel being cast into the Lions den the Lord sent his Angell to stoppe their mouthes in like manner when Sodome was destroyed the Lord sent an Angell to bring Lot forth and his wife who tooke Lot by the one hand and his wife by the other and brought them out of the citie so the Angels doe not onely helpe us out of our graves but doe also helpe us out of troubles The second speciall thing in the manner of Christs resurrection was That when he rose he left all the sinnes of mortalitie and death he stripped himselfe of all the grave-clothes and left them behinde him and Saint Iohn saith Ioh. 20. 7. that when the women came to the Sepulchre all the grave-clothes were foulded up and laid in a place whereof there bee two Reasons First that it might be an evidence to the Iewes to convince them for they had given mony to the souldiers to say his Disciples came by night and stole him away Now it is like that if they had stollen away his bodie much more they would have taken away the fine linnen sheets hee was wrapped in and again if they had stollen away the body of Christ they would not have laid up the linnen handsomely they durst not have tarried to doe it for in a feare men doe not things handsomely but ill favouredly therefore this is an evidence to convince the Iewes that the body of Christ was not stollen away Secondly to teach us that when we rise to the life of grace that we should leave all the sins of mortality and death behinde us all the grave-clothes that is all our vile sinnes and old corruptions that we have long lived in There be many that creepe out of the grave as it were get out of ignorance but because they be not wise to shake off the sins and corruptions they have lived in have drawne them to themselves and have not left behinde them the signes and markes of mortalitie and death therefore are not yet conformable to the rising of Christ It is the Apostle Pauls exhortation Put off the old man and put on the new ye that would rise with Christ leave your old sinnes and your corruptions there be many that rise to the profession of the Gospell who still keepe on the grave-clothes they will sweare lye make no conscience of their wayes and deale deceitfully such are not stripped of their grave-clothes but Christ when he rose he left all the grave-clothes behinde him so if we will be conformable to him we must leave all as he did behinde us Thirdly The Company Christ rose with hee rose not alone but a great many did attend him as wee may reade Matth. 27. 52. though Christ died alone yet he did not rise alone but he rose with a multitude to accompany him to teach us that his resurrection appertaines to us one day all wee shall rise by the same power that these did at his first resurrection therefore all the people of God must labour to establish their hearts in this that one day they shall rise out of their graves by the power of Christ for Christ did not rise alone but with a great company As in a shipwracke one swims out and labours to draw all his fellowes out with him so Christ rising out of the grave did draw all his members out with him We see in nature if the head be above water so long the body cannot be drowned so seeing our body is risen and our head is above wee shall not sinke or lye still but shall be raised up againe It is an undeniable truth that others have risen out of their graves but there was great difference in their rising and Christs The dead man when hee touched Elias bones Lazarus when hee had beene three or foure dayes in the grave the widdow of Naim's sonne when hee was in the coffin and Eutichus when he fell out of a window when these rose never a cloud did stir about them and they rose alone by Christs power as also to die againe but Christ did rise with a number and multitude with him by his owne power and that never to die againe which doth shew there is a great difference in their rising he rose with a great many to shew his rising pertaines to a great many for hee rose not as a private but as a publike person for the good of many and to shew there is a communicative power in his rising from the dead SERMON XXXI MATTH 27. 52 53. And the graves were opened and many bodies of Saints that slept arose And came out of the graves after his resurrection and went into the Holy Citie and appeared unto many IN the manner of Christs rising we may observe that although Christ died alone hee did not rise alone but had a multitude to rise with him which was to shew that Christ did not rise as a private man or person but representing the persons of all the Church for as Christ rose so we shall rise hee rose not alone but with a number of Saints communicating life and glory to them therefore howsoever the Saints die as others yet they shall rise againe All the people of God must be perswaded of this that there is a power in Christ to draw and to pull them out of the grave for as even now I shewed in a shipwracke if one swims out to the land hee doth his best to draw all his fellowes to the shore so Christ escaping out of the dens of
out of his throne and set up their sinnes in his roome Psal 2. saith the Lord I have set my king upon mine holy hill it is the decree of God that wee should serve and feare him that we should labour To kisse him to submit our selves unto him lest his wrath be kindled and then we perish suddenly Secondly seeing Christ sits at the right hand of God therefore wee must take heede we doe not sinne against him and offend him because hee is in the next place to God It is a great matter to sinne against him and offend him as 1 Cor. 8. 12. saith he Now when yee sin against the brethren and wound their weake consciences ye sin against Christ It is a great matter indeed to sinne against Christ Augustine saith the Iewes condemned Christ and are blamed for it but there is a great difference betweene their sinnes and the sinnes of Christians under the Gospell for they sinned against Christ in the time of his humiliation when hee did hang on the crosse but thou art a christian sin'st him now he is exalted into glory and sits at the right hand of God we see David when he had cut off but the lap of Sauls garment his heart did smite him so much more should our hearts smite us when wee have sinned against him and offended him Thirdly seeing Christ sits at the right hand of God doe thou labor to bee in Christ a true Christian and then hee will defend thee from all dangers and turne all they troubles into comforts all thy paines to ease thy sorrow into joy thy sicknesse into health and thy death into life Acts 7. 36. we read that Stephen saw Heaven opened and Christ standing at the right hand of God ready to receive him so if a Christian man or woman behold Christ with the eye of Faith sitting at the right hand of God at the day of Death this will give them comfort against all their troubles Fourthly seeing Christ sits at the right hand of God therefore as Christ overcame the Divell and all our spirituall enemies so wee must first overcome sin the Divell and all our lusts and then we shall sit at the right hand of God this promise makes Revel 2. 21. To him that overcommeth will I grant to sit with me in my Fathers Throne even as I overcame and sit with my Father in his Throne and therefore doe thou never rest but labour to overcome sinne and thy owne corruptions whatsoever thy paines and troubles be and then thou shalt sit at the right hand of God Matth. 19. 28. saith Christ Ye which follow me in the regeneration shall sit on twelve Thrones and judge the twelve Tribes of Israel you that follow me in a holy life you that are borne againe anew and you that repent of your sins and make conscience of your waies you shall sit upon the throne of Christ when others shall sit down in the shadow of death and in the dungeon of Hell with the Divell and his Angels therefore as Christ overcame Sinne Death and Hell and the Divell and when he had done it hee sate downe then at the right hand of God so when we have overcome we shall sit at the right hand of God for ever SERMON XLI 1 PETER 4. 5. Who shall give account to him that is ready to Iudge the quicke and the Dead WE are come to speake of the last degree of Christs exaltation which is in the next Article of our Christian profession a branch whereof is that from thence he shall come to judge the quicke and the Dead He that was judged of others shall judge us even he that was judged of Pilate Caiaphas Iudas and Caine Hee shall judge the quicke and the Dead that is all the people that have beene in all ages and times even all that have beene dead many a thousand yeeres before and all the people that be living at the present for when all men have plaid their pageants on the stage of this World then the Lord Iesus Christ shall have his time to play his part to shut up all and gather his servants and saints together into Heaven but the wicked shall bee cast into Hell This is that which Iob speakes of I know my Redeemer liveth and hee shall stand the last on Earth when all men have plaid their parts on the stage of this World when kings have given up their Crownes and flung downe their Scepters at the feete of Christ then hee shall stand the last on the Earth to gather his Saints and people unto himselfe and to condemne the wicked to everlasting torment This is a point to bee considered bringing with it great comfort that hee which is our Saviour and Redeemer shall bee our Iudge Now there bee two commings of Christ mentioned in the Scriptures his first to worke mans redemption as it is Luk. 19. The Sonne of Man is come to seeke and to save that which is lost his second comming is to judge the whole World as it is Psal 96. 13. For be commeth to judge the Earth He will judge the world with righteousnesse and the People with Equitie therefore seeing Christs comming is to judgement it must be every mans wisedome to lay hold on his first comming labour to be converted and to repent of his sinnes and to get Faith and to bee brought to an estate of grace for his second comming is to judgement heerefrom wee may observe these sixe particulars 1. That there shall be a judgement day 2. Who shall be the Iudge 3. The place where be shall judge 4. The time when he shall judge 5. The Person that shall be judged 6. The manner of the judgement First There shall bee a judgement day and a solemne arraignment of the whole World there be many judgements as Zephan 3. 11. The just Lord is in the midst thereof he will doe no iniquitie every morning doth hee bring his judgements to light and he faileth not but the wicked will not learn to be asham'd so there is first particular and speciall judgements that light on partiticular persons as Genes 15. 13. the Lord said to Abrahm Thy seede shall be a stranger in a Land that is not theirs foure hundred yeeres and shall serve them and they shall come out with great substance notwithstanding the Nation whom they shall serve will I judge Secondly besides this judgement there is another more private at the day of death as Hebr. 9. Saint Paul saith It is appointed for all men to die and then commeth the judgement there is an appointed judgement at the day of death betweene God and a mans soule and conscience as further appeares Luk. 22. 23. And it was so that the begger died and was carried by the Angels into Abrahams bosome The rich man also died and was buried and being in Hell torments hee lifted up his eyes c. so we see the one went
sinnes are pardoned is to conside with ones selfe if his heart hath beene set at peace by the use of good meanes whereas before hee hath beene troubled in conscience for his sinnes if he hath repented of them and prayed unto God for the pardon of them if his heart hath beene set at peace in the use of these meanes hee may assure himselfe that his sinnes are pardoned this is Pauls Reason Rom. 5. 1. Then being justified by faith wee have peace towards God through our Lord Iesus Christ therefore if a man can finde peace in his conscience upon the use of good meanes this is an evidence that his sinnes are pardoned If a man be run in debt and danger and the kings writs be out against him the Bayliffes lying in every bush to take arrest and carry him into prison so that he cannot be at rest nor quiet for them now if this partie hath a friend to go to London to compound the matter and to agree it the question is how a man shall know whether his friend hath composed the matter or no I answer if the Bailiffes be gone home againe and the man at rest and quiet againe by this hee may bee sure that his friend hath composed and agreed the matter In like manner when we are runne in the Briers of debt and danger and heare that Gods writs are out against us the judgements of God lying in every bush as it were like Bayliffes to arrest us and carry us to prison if we can send a friend to compose the matter and agree it that is if we can send our prayers up to Heaven to compose the matter with God if upon this one finde his conscience to bee set at peace and the judgements of God to cease and be removed from him this is a comfortable evidence that his sinnes are pardoned therefore although a man may bee a sinner yet if a man can repent of them and finde by comfortable effects that his sinnes are pardoned hee shall have comfort both in life and death and when he hath lived here a few dayes in this world shall goe home to God to live with Abraham Isaak and Iaakob in the Kingdome of Heaven SERMON LXXII IOHN 11. 23 24. Jesus saith unto her Thy Brother shall rise againe Martha said unto him I know that he shall rise againe in the Resurrection at the last day IT was my purpose to have spoken no more at this time of Forgivenesse of sinnes but upon further meditation there is something more that I must impart unto you which is To know what that comfort is that a Christian man may have when hee beleeves his sins are pardoned and that he is acquitted and discharged for them before the judgement seat of God I answer that the comfort is exceeding great First because if a man knowes by infallible evidence that his sinnes are pardoned then he knowes he shall bee saved and death shall be as no death to him and that after this life hee shall goe into Heaven to glory and happinesse Seeing nothing can hinder a man from Heaven but sinne as it is Revel 21. ult And there shall enter in no uncleane thing Therefore if we know that our sinnes are pardoned we may be comforted for as soone as we leave this world we shall goe to God As Luke 23. as soone as the good Theefe had obtained pardon for his sinnes the next thing that Christ saith to him is This day shalt thou be with me in Paradise and therefore if we know that our sinnes are pardoned then we know wee shall be saved and wee shall goe into the Kingdome of Heaven Secondly if our sinnes bee pardoned then wee know that all that God ●●nds unto us comes of Love and that all our crosses and troubles he will turne to our good so that they bee not the wounds of an enemy but the love-tokens of a friend like the arrowes that were shot by Ionathan not to hurt but to forewarne so all crosses and troubles of this life shal turne to his good As soone as David had found the pardon and forgivenesse of his sinnes hee could say Of very faithfulnesse the Lord had afflicted him As a loving father giveth a bitter potion to his childe hee will put a peece of sugar into his hand secretly to allay the bitternesse of it so though the Lord give us a bitter potion that is a number of troubles and afflictions here in this life he puts into our hands as it were secretly a peece of sugar that is an assurance that all the troubles and afflictions of this life are sent in love to us and that they shall not hurt us but shall turne to our good Thirdly Then we know that as God hath taken away our sinne hee will take away the taile which followes it that is the punishment of sinne for the punishment of sinne followeth the act of it as the shadow doth the bodie for if we would remove the shadow wee must remove the body so God when he doth remove the body of sinne then the shadow must needs follow it We read Matth. 5. that when they brought a lame man to Christ the first thing that he saith to him is Sonne thy sinnes are forgiven thee after which the next words are Take up thy bed and walke So when the Lord takes away our sinnes he will take away the punishment of sinne Therefore in all the crosses and troubles that befall us we are not to deale with the shadow but with the body of sinne if we remove that we may be sure the shadow will be removed These be the three comforts that a man may have by the knowledge of forgivenesse of his sinnes therefore it is a good thing for a man to know in particular that his sinnes are forgiven Now wee come to speake of the other two blessings and benefits which the Lord doth give and grant to the Church in the life to come and the one is The raising of our bodies at the last day the other Life everlasting and these two blessings he hath reserved till the day of judgement closing up and making an end of all with them yet not a finall end for they shall have no end because the Lord will bestow eternall happinesse on them so that that day though it be a dolefull day to others yet it shall be a joyfull day to the Church of God and a day that they have many a day looked for and desired Now in handling of it we are first to consider The order of Gods distribution that he giveth us First the benefits and blessings of this life and then those of eternall life Hence we are instructed that that which is the order of Gods distribution must be the order in our intention for wee must labor to have communion with the saints here in this life and to have
our sinnes pardoned and then the Lord will raise up our bodies at the last day and give us life everlasting but on the contrary if wee have not communion with the Saints in this life and have not our sinnes pardoned we can never looke that God will raise up our bodies at the day of Iudgement and give us life everlasting Therefore beloved brethren be exhorted to labour to have communion with the Saints here in this World with the forgivenesse of sinnes and then God will raise up our bodies at the day of judgement and give us life everlasting As Revel 20. 6. it is said Blessed and holy is he that hath his part in the first Resurrection for on such the second death shall have no power Hee is a blessed man that riseth out of his sinnes and his corruptions in this life on such a one the second death shall have no power If a man make a bargaine and giveth somewhat in hand some earnest then he expecteth the performance of covenants about the bargaine but if he hath no earnest given him then he lookes for no bargaine so the Lord hath made a bargaine with us to give us Heaven and happinesse after which if hee hath given us earnest somewhat in hand in this life that is the communion of Saints and the forgivenesse of sinnes now then wee may looke to have our bodies raised and to have life everlasting We may expect the rest but if wee have no earnest in hand in this life that wee have not our parts in the Communion of Saints nor the forgivenesse of sinnes then when wee come to die we cannot looke for the blessings in the life to come Moreover in this Article we are to consider divers particulars First We beleeve that although we shall be laid into the grave and dissolved into dust yet that one day we shall rise againe by the power of Christ this is the property of a Christians faith The Heathen doe beleeve that they shall all dye and bee dissolved to dust but not that they shall rise againe now this point of the Resurrection is cleare by Scripture and by Reason First we will prove it by Scripture as Esay 26. 19. Thy dead men shall live even with my Body shall they rise that is when I rise all the dead shall rise so Dan. 12. 2. and many of them that slept in the dust shall awake some to everlasting life and some to shame and perpetuall contempt so also Paul Acts 24. 15. saith And have hope towards God that the Resurrection of the dead which they themselves looke for shall be both of the just and unjust and so Revel 20. 12. saith he I saw the dead both great and small stand before God so then it is cleare by Scripture seeing all other things are come to passe which the Scripture hath foretold then wee may bee sure that this shall come to passe also in the time that God hath appointed Now the Reasons to proove that there is a Resurrection are five in number 1. From the Power of God 2. From the Iustice of God 3. From the Mercie of God 4. From the End of Christs comming 5. From the Resurrection of Christ First From the Power of God for as Tertullian saith it seemes a harder matter for God to make a man being nothing out of the dust of the Earth than to raise and repaire him out of the dust being something and no question but that the Power of God is able to raise the dead at the resurrection as our Saviour reasoneth against the Pharises Matth. 22. 29. saith he Ye erre not knowing the Scripture nor the power of God c. as who should say the Lord hath Power to raise the dead The second Reason is drawne from the Iustice of God for it is agreeable to Iustice that those that bee partakers in good and evill actions should be also partakers in rewards and punishments but the bodies of men are partners in good and evill actions with the soule therefore the Lord will raise up the bodies of men to reward them that have done well and punish them that have done evill Tertullian saith well Wee must not thinke that God is unjust or slothfull First we may not thinke that God is unjust that he will reward the soule and destroy the body and that he will punish the soule and not the body therefore hee will raise up mens bodies to reward them that have done well and to punish the evill Againe secondly we must not thinke that God is slothfull that he will not put himselfe to that paines to raise up the dead bodies of men to punish them for their sinnes and offences therefore hee will raise our bodies to punish or reward them with our soules Thirdly From the Mercie of God for mercy extends as much as may be to all and this mercy is in men that if they could they would raise all the dead bodies of their friends but the mercy of God is infinitely greater than the mercy that is in men whose mercie extends in goodnesse to all the bodies and soules of men therefore hee will raise them and doe all the good he can to them he loveth as Christ saith Matth. 22. He is the God of Abraham Isaak and Iaakob Hee is not the God of the dead but of the living So he will raise their bodies or else he were God but to one part of Abraham but his mercy extends to both parts therefore he will raise the bodies of dead men Fourthly From the end of Christs comming which was to dissolve the workes of the Divell as it is said Iohn 3. 8. For this purpose appeared the Sonne of God that he might dissolve the workes of the Divell for the Divell first brought in sinne and sinne brought death this was his end for he brought in sinne to bring death upon us And therefore because hee aimed at this Christ came to dissolve this great worke of the Divell which is not done except there be a resurrection of the body therefore the dead shall rise againe Fifthly From the Resurrection of Christ for hee did not rise like a private Person as the Widdowes Sonne did and as Lazarus but He rose as the publike Head of the Church Saint Paul saith That Hee was the first fruits of them that slept so in the rising of Christ all the People of God did virtually rise that which went before in the Head shall follow in the Members as Augustine saith and Cyril saith well that Christ entred into Heaven by the narrow passage of his sufferings and death to make a wide passage for us into Heaven so in Christs rising we rise I but some say It was an easie matter for Christ to rise because He was God I answer it was a hard matter for Christ to rise againe after he was laid into the grave I
therefore let every man so attend to the things of this life as that he may labor for everlasting life which is the blessing of all blessings I but is everlasting life so great a blessing seeing the wicked shall bee raised to everlasting life I answer that the wicked shall bee raised up to everlasting life which life shall bee a continuall death to them for looke in what extremitie any man is in when hee is a dying grieving and groaning as though his Spirit were departing in the like extremitie shall all the wicked bee in dying and never dye breathing out their last breath and yet never breathing it out If a man for an offence should be adjudged to lye in such a hot furnace as was prepared for the three Children by Nebuchadnezzar but two yeeres hee would thinke he were better die a thousand deaths than to lye in such extremitie But what is temporarie fire to Hell fire It is nothing comparable to it what is the wrath of man to the wrath of God nothing there is no death to the death of the wicked and no torment like the torment of Hell for their death is continuall If a man were put to his choyce no doubt hee would die a thousand deaths temporary before hee would dye that death For though the deaths of mens devising bee terrible yet they are nothing compared to the death and punishments that God can devise for the wicked And yet wee see how men labor to avoid to flie temporarie death they will runne ride take physicke endure any paines to shunne it which is but a flea biting as it were if compared which eternall death and never feare never labor to shun this latter which is the most wofull of all other We see how afraid men bee of the plague so as they will labour by all meanes to avoide it which yet brings but temporarie death how much more afraid should wee bee of sinne because that is the cause of eternall death Here wee see the madnesse of the world which labours to avoid temporarie death and yet will not strive to avoid sinne which brings eternall But let us pray to God to avoid sinne that so wee may avoid eternall death for the wicked shall rise no to live eternally but to dye eternally nay their life shall bee worse than death if any thing can be worse but it is otherwise with the people of God they shall rise to everlasting life for hee bestowes that of none but his people and Church Now here wee are to consider two things 1. What it is that God doth promise 2. The Continuance of it First hee promiseth to his People Life now Life is two-fold 1. Naturall 2. Spirituall First the Naturall life is upheld by the use of meate drinke and physicke wherein both the good and bad have their part for this is proper to both but that is not the life that our christian faith here speakes of For to speake exactly it is but the way to life whereof Christ speakes Matth. 5. 25. Agree with thy adversarie quickly whilest thou art in the way with him c. where Christ shewes that this life is but the way to everlasting life Therefore it must bee every mans wisedome to passe this life so here as that hee may make it the way to everlasting life Now our spirituall life is upheld by having Communion with God for as the soule is the life of the body so God is the life of the soule because as the body cannot have life but by Communion with the soule so the soule cannot live unlesse it have Communion with God Which life is spoken of Psal 16. 11. Thou wilt shew mee the path of life in thy presence is the fulnesse of joy at thy right hand are pleasures for evermore And Iohn 5. 40. Christ sayes But yee will not come unto mee that ye may have life And this is the life which Christ promiseth here for it is nothing to live the life of nature to eate drinke and sleepe which doth but nourish the body and never looke to the life of grace but the speciall care of a Christian must bee for that a number of men thinke if they can live the life of nature they care not for living the spirituall life for faith or repentance or to live holily here the speciall thing I say which we should looke to is to live hereafter We finde Gen. 17. 18. Abraham saith unto God Oh that Ismael might live in thy sight so this should bee the request wee should make to God Oh that I may live the life of the Spirit indeed I live a naturall life but I desire to live the life of grace so David Psal 119. 175. saith Let my soule live and it shall praise thee my body liveth and I goe up and down with it but let my soule live and then I shall praise thee which is the blessing of all blessings to have Communion with God to draw neere to him and bee acquainted with him by prayer repentance and amendment of life Now there are two degrees of spirituall life 1. The Life of Grace 2. The Life of Glorie First in that the soule hath Communion with God by faith which Communion is many times darkened and eclipsed by sinne when yet in the interim it hath many a glimpse of it as the Sunne being under a cloude is kept from our sight that we cannot see it untill it breakes out so it is our sinnes which hinders this sweet Communion that is betweene God and the soule As it is with the light and the eye as long as the eye is well it dare boldly looke on the light but if it catch a blow or an hurt it must have somewhat to hang before it because the light offends it So it is between God and the soule as long as it stands in good termes with God so long it dare with boldnesse come unto God but if once it catch a blow have a hurt and a wound it is afraid to come before God This is the life of Grace Now the Life of Glorie is to live in the blessed presence of God in the Kingdome of Heaven where the sweet face of God shall shine on us and where wee shall have the Company of the Angells and Holy Spirits But this is the order First wee must live the life of grace and then the life of Glorie and therefore every man must acquaint himselfe with God by Prayer and in repenting for his sinnes that so we may looke to have Communion with him in the life to come but if we doe not acquaint our selves to prayer and in the use of holy meanes then we are as strangers to him and must not looke to have Communion with him in the life of Glorie But to inlarge my selfe further in the point of Eternall Life let us consider of it a little more
downe as a ground Heb. 4. 9. that there remaines a rest for the People of God here in this world they have a great deale of trouble therefore Habbak 1. 13. the Prophet complaineth Wherefore dost thou looke upon the transgressour and holdest thy tongue when the wicked devoureth the man that is more righteous than himselfe so Psalm 34. 19. David saith Many are the troubles of the righteous but the Lord doth deliver them out of all so here is the stay of a Christian though he hath a great deale of trouble and affliction yet there remaineth a rest for the people of God One saith well all Gods works were good who when he had laboured six dayes rested the seventh day so saith he if thy workes are good which thou doest then after thy labour thou shalt have rest when the wicked shall have neither rest nor peace The Children of Israel when they were in the wildernesse endured sore labour but here was their comfort that their labour tended to Canaan to give rest unto them as it is Ier. 30. 2. He walked before Israel to cause him to rest so though the People of God have sore labour forty yeares together yet because they bee in the way to Heaven and to the kingdome of God where they shall have rest endlesse comfort and bee free from all both bodily and spirituall labours they should be comforted now it is a labour for mee to preach to get learning but then all these things shall cease and we shall bee infinitely indued with all heavenly knowledge as 1 Cor. 12. 9. saith Saint Paul Now we know but in part prophecie in part but when that which is perfect is come then that which is imperfect shall be abolished so the Prophet Esay saith Wee shall be all taught of God therefore who would not but endure a little labour here seeing hee shall have eternall rest Philosophers say that All things rest when they come at their proper place but heaven is the proper place of Gods people where they shall have rest therefore let us be contented to take a little labour and paines that we may have rest in the life to come If a king should say to us goe walke in such a high way cole-pit or in such a mine but a few dayes after which ye shall be free from all labours then I will keepe and maintaine you for ever who is there but would bee contented to take any paines and labour for a little time that so he may be freed from everlasting torment so seeing the Lord will one day free us from all our labours if we will bee contented to labour here in this world and to doe that which the Lord commandeth us we shall one day bee free from all labours and shall rest in the kingdome of God It was the manner of the ancient Romans that if any man had gone out to warres and had returned safe home againe he should ever after bee kept without labouring any more so the Lord hath sent us out to warre against our sinnes lusts and the devill after which when we returne home to heaven we shall be freed from all our labours Thirdly wee shall be freed from originall sinne and the fruits of it in the time of this life what is it that a Christian would not give to bee free from originall sinne and the fruits thereof indeed a prophane man is loth to part from his sinnes which he cannot live without no more than a fish can live without the water as wee heard in the forenoone but Christians will part with their meat and drinke with any thing to bee rid of it for they desire above all things to bee rid of corruption so Paul cryeth out Rom. 7. Oh wretched man that I am who shall deliver mee from this body of this death After this life wee shall no more displease God but be free from originall sinne which is the corruption of nature now it may be repressed but not quite abolished till the day of death as the Childe was rent and torne by the devill when hee departed out of it so sinne will deale with us but here is the comfort that in the life to come wee shall be freed from it and the fruits of it and shall no more grieve God as Iosh 10. 25. when he had discomfited the five kings he did not kill them by and by but put them into a cave and rolled a great stone on them to keepe them in untill he had made an end of killing of his enemies then he commanding them to roll away the stone from the Caves mouth they brought out these kings that the chiefe of his men might set their feet on their necks ere he killed them in like manner our great captaine Iesus Christ will doe by originall sinne and the fruit thereof in us which shall not be quite killed in this life but subdued brought under put into a cave as it were and great stones rolled upon it that is by repentance obedience and prayer it shall bee subdued here and then at the day of judgement Iesus Christ shall abolish it when hee shall make us set our foot on the neck of it then the people of God shall say as it is 1. Cor. 15. 55. O death where is thy sting O grave where is thy victory the sting of sinne is death and the strength of sinne is the law but thanks bee to God that hath given us victory through our Lord Iesus Christ Fourthly we shall be freed from all worldly authority and power then there shall be no king but God shall bee all in all as it is 1 Cor. 15. 27. And when all things shall be subdued unto him then shall the Sonne himselfe likewise be subject unto him that did subdue all things under him that God may be all in all so then all the kingdomes of this world shall give place to it therefore how joyfull shall it bee when God shall raigne over us wee see when Salomon was crowned king 1 King 1. 40. how joyfull the people were it is said that they rejoyced with great joy so that the earth rang with the sound thereof but how much more joyfull shall it bee when all kings shall come and lay downe their crownes at Gods feete when God shall raigne over the house of Sion Psalm 91. it is said The Lord reigneth let the earth rejoyce c. therefore what a comfort will this bee to the people of God when God shall reigne over them so Esai 24. 23. it is said When the Lord of hosts shall reigne in mount Sion and in Ierusalem and glory shall bee before his ancient men so Esai 52. 7. saith he How beautifull upon the mountaines are the feet of them that declare and publish the glad tidings of peace and salvation saying unto Sion Thy God reigneth so the people of God shall bee freed from all worldly powers and bad government when God shall
ought to keepe God our friend in this life if we expect to have him so at o●r death 256. † ¶ Fulnesse of time 113. ¶ Christ came not till the fulnesse of time 114. ¶ G CHrist apprehended in a Garden because 1. Sinne began in a Garden 2. Christ prayed in the Garden 3. It was a place knowne to Iudas 177. c. The calling of the Gentiles in the wise mens comming to Christ 129. † That the Holy Ghost is God proved by Reason Scripture 479. The holy Ghost a Person really subsisting 481. distinct from father and Sonne 482. The holy Ghost really and actually in us 487. The holy Ghost Teacheth Governeth Comforteth us 509. c. The graces of the holy Ghost inestimably good 487. † The benefits wee receive by the holy Ghost 508. How the holy Ghost may be lost 515. † The meanes to come by the holy Ghost 488. The true markes to know whether the holy Ghost be in us or no. 489. Discovery of the false markes of the holy Ghosts being in us 494. The Defect Excesse of giving 593. Christ gave gifts personal to the Ministers royall to euery man 367. The life of Glory 650. The Saints Glory by Christs pronouncing them blessed at the end of the world 447. * Differences of Christs and Moses Glory 419. Foure properties of Goates 436. That there is a God proved by The workes of God The place where God is The nature of the creatures Our conscience Our experience 42. c. That there is but one God 46. How God is said to be Almighty 59. Things that imply Incapability Weaknesse Contradiction God cānot doe 60. Vses of Instruction Comfort from Gods being Almighty 61. God is a true God inregard of his Nature Properties 48. We must beleeve God is our God in particular 49. God the Father of Christ 52. Vnion with Christ makes God our Father 53. Comforts that arise from Gods being our Father 56. Some men make their bellies their gods 46. ¶ A distinction of the Persons in the Godhead 50. † The Father the fountaine of the Godhead 51. ¶ Golgotha why so called 216. Many hindrances when wee goe about any thing that is good 340. † How God the Father communicates his goodnesse to the Sonne and holy Ghost 52. * The Church the Goshen of God therein light onely all the world besides being darke 565. ¶ The Gospell like a Vine in his growth 122. * The Gospell compared to a great glasse 219. † Christ more glorious in the preaching of the Gospell than in his bodily presence on Earth 130. * The wicked disobedient to Christs government 87. ¶ Christ governes his Church by 1. Drawing them to himselfe 375. 2. Guiding them the right way 377. 3. Exercising them with trials for their good 378. 4. Defending them from their enemies 380. Foure grounds that the true graces of Gods Spirit are never finally lost 518. In all Gods People a roote of Grace remains to be discerned three waies 505. * Common graces of the Spirit may bee lost 517. † Five meanes how to nourish the graces of the Spirit 520. No power in man to doe any thing unlesse God give him grace 445. Two things a weake beginner in grace must looke to 501. Grace at first small increases like seed● sowne 490. * Degrees of grace 490. † Growth of grace imperceptible 491. ¶ If grace be in the heart it will shew it selfe 190. * When wee rise in grace wee must leave the sinnes of nature behinde us 298. * The Papists opinion of the incertainty of grace confuted 494. Two defects in restraining grace 495. The graces of the Spirit compared to Oyle 81. Desire of grace fourefold 505. ¶ Comforts in the lying in our graves 633. Christs grave why new 279. Every man though hee have no house hath a grave to be buried in 278. * Christ at first made knowne to the poorer sort not great men 120. ¶ All sinne is a griefe to God 481. * The sinnes of Gods People doe more grieve Christ than of the prophaner sort 18. † The Spirit grieved by sinne against knowledge and disobedience 520. H THe right hand of God signifies 1. His Power 2. The glory of Heaven 3. Propinquitie of place to God in dignity 371. By Christs sitting at Gods right hand is implied His enobling our nature His governement of the Church 372. Christ sits at Gods right hand 1. To shew the worke of mans redemption is finished 2. All judiciary power is committed to him 3. He is in continuall act of judgement 374. Never can a man make too much haste to come to Christ 126. ¶ A good hearer like dry powder 528. ¶ How to know whether Christ bee conceived in the heart 105. ¶ The great stirre that is at the conception of Christ in the heart of a Christian 108. † The heart hardned in sinne nothing will do good upon 185. ¶ Pilate an Heathen goes beyond most Christians in fearing to sinne against God 209. * God the maker of Heaven and Earth 64 65. Of the re●●ing of the Heavens and the Earth 412. All that come to Heaven must come by Christ 286. ¶ Heaven promised to sinners upon repentance 242. * Heaven prepared for the Elect before they were borne 451. Gods Children must be content to stay from Heaven for the good of those they live amongst 359. † In Heaven we shall be freed from 1. All necessities of nature 652. 2. All labours of this life ibid. 3. Originall sinne 653. 4. All worldly power and authoritie 654. 5. All society with the wicked ibid. 6. All sicknesses and diseases 655. The Heavens shall be new in regard of Vse Disposition Effects 413. In Heaven we shall enjoy 1. Immediate society with God 655. 2. Eternall presence of Christ ibid. 3. Societie of Saints and Angels 657. 4. Lordship over the world ibid. 5. A continuall Sabbath to the Lord. 658. Christ suffered the paines of Hell but not in place of Hell 242. * Women when good helps 206. * Christ borne when Herod was king to shew His Kingdome was not of this world The Iewes kingdome was at the lowest 115. Why Herod was troubled at Christs comming 132. † Herod desired to see Christ not for love but for his miracles sake 201. ¶ The holy Ghost the onely Author of holinesse 482. Sixe meanes whereby the holy Ghost workes holinesse in us 484. Two defects of Popish holinesse 572. All our hope and comfort must bee in Christ 140. * We ought to bee humbled seeing Christ was humbled for us 101. † Christs humiliation the first degree 100. The humilitie of Christ in his birth 117. ¶ None can hurt us but from power given from God 60. 179. * I THe Valley of Iehoshaphat not the place of the last judgement 398. Christ will deale with good men as Iehu with Iehonadab 447. ¶ Humane reason brought the wise men to Ierusalem divine to Bethlehem 130. † Why the Iewes were troubled at Christs birth 132. ¶ In
Esai 53. 11. of Christ hee shall see of the travell of his soule and shall bee satisfied and therefore if men bee brought to God if they live a holy life if they bee conscionable in their wa●●s and carefull to please God in their courses then this will satisfie Christ But if wee live in our sinnes in our prophanenesse in our lusts still then it shall grieve Him that ever he was borne into the world sweate in the garden died and shed his blood on the Crosse for us Thirdly wee are to consider of the manner of his death that it was in the greatest extremity that might be so Paul saith Philip 2. 8. Hee humbled himselfe and became obedient to that cursed death on the crosse and so in Esai 5 3. 12. it is said He hath powred out his soule unto death c. Now the greatest extremity that Christ suffered may make us consider of two things First the greatnesse of our sinnes And secondly the greatnesse of Gods mercie First wee may consider the greatnesse of our sinnes that when wee have sinned against God nothing will bring us into favour againe but it must cost blood and the blood of the Sonne of God therefore howsoever men make but a light matter of sinne yet when we have sinned all the powers of Heaven and earth cannot bring us into favour againe all the Angels in heaven cannot doe it nor all the blood of the Saints but it must bee the blood of the Sonne of God that must doe it if the king should make a law that if a man told a lye or sowre an oath or committed a sinne he should lose a droppe of his blood how afraid would he be of sinning Now when we sinne although it doth not cost us blood yet it cost the blood of the Sonne of God and therefore wee should bee afraid to sinne lest wee bee more wastfull of the blood of Christ than of our owne Secondly wee are to consider of the greatnesse of Gods mercie that when wee had sinned hee would send his owne Sonne to die for us as 1 Iohn 4. 10. Herein is Love not that wee loved God but that hee loved us and sent his Sonne to bee a reconciliation for our sinnes and so in Rom. 5. 8. But God setteth out his love towards us seeing that whiles we were yet sinners Christ dyed for us and therfore seeing God hath so loved us that he was content to part with his Sonne for us let us never sticke to part with our sinnes and lusts to serve him but we see it otherwise that God doth not sticke to part with his sonne to die for us and yet we sticke to part from our sinnes to serve him The second way that faith doth stirre up holy motions is because it doth combine and knit us unto Christ so it is by combination by being made one with Christ for as from the head doth flow into the rest of the members life even so Christ doth extend unto us his graces and vertues In the second of the Kings wee see that when the dead body of the Prophet did touch the dead body of the man life came into him much more if we went downe into the grave of Christ and touched him wee shall live being joyned with the living body of Christ who hath gloriously and triumphantly overcome death hell and the divell We see in experience that if a man would have water flow into his field he will make a trench and dig into the ground till he comes at the fountaine and then the fountaine will flow water into the field even so if men would have the graces of Christ to bee distilled into them let them never be at rest till they have joyned themselves to Iesus Christ and then hee will distill all his graces and vertues into them so faith never leaveth us till it brings us unto Christ Now the use of this point is that seeing we are sanctified in this world by faith as we find other uses thereof so we should labour to find this use and benefit of it and therfore whereas men thinke that some are too precise and too strict it is a sure thing that unlesse we be sanctified in this world we cannot be justified before God and yet do not looke to be sanctified before men And therefore search thy selfe oh man or woman I pray thee art thou brought to the hatred of sinne Or is it weakned in thee Doest thou labour to lead an holy life in the sight of men here Then thou art justified in the sight of God but if thou livest in sin and makest no conscience in thy waies but livest loosely never then looke to be justified in the sight of God It is a good observation that a learned man hath out of the eighth of the Romans of the golden chaine saith he There be foure Linkes of it two he hath in his owne hands and two he hath put out to us to lay hold on the two linkes that he hath in his hands are Predestination and Glorification the first and the last linkes and the two middle he hath left for us to lay hold on Vocation and Iustification and therefore doe thou oh man cast out thy hands and lay hold on these two linkes that thou mayst be called and justified that so thou maiest be glorified in the world to come This is comfortable that God hath left these two linkes for every man whereby hee may be drawne up to Heaven The third vse of faith is that which Paul speaketh of here Rom. 1. 17. The just man shall live by his faith so a man must not onely be justified by faith in the sight of God and sanctified in this world but he must live by his faith as Paul saith Thus I live yet not I now but Christ liveth in mee and in that I now live in the flesh I live by Faith in the Sonne of God who hath loved mee and gave Himselfe for mee A man may live the life of nature without faith hee may buy and sell and doe the workes of his calling hee may eate and drinke c. But he cannot live the life of grace without faith the greatest part of men care not to live in faith but they desire to die in faith They would die a comfortable death like Balaam that would desire to die the death of the righteous but care not to live so strict a life therefore if men doe not care to live in faith they cannot die in faith for this is the true use of faith to live by it so the prophet Habakuk saith the just shall live by his faith a man that hath lived by it hee shall die in faith also Heb. 11. 39. it is said all those dyed in Faith because as they had lived in faith so they died in faith too therefore if wee will die in faith wee must labour to live in faith and then
things The use is that if a man have Faith hee must labour to live by his Faith a number have saith and yet doe not labour to live in faith and therefore hast thou faith labour to live in faith all that thou doest doe in faith and all which thou sufferest suffer in faith The fourth use of faith in the life of a Christian is to die in Faith for as I have shewed you before a man can never looke to die thus except hee live by his faith for when a man hath lived by it here in this world then he is sure to die in faith and so be saved by it at the day of judgement therefore this is a good comfort for us that when all shall leave us when we shall part with our goods our friends and with this world then wee shall be saved by our faith when others shall desire the hils and mountaines to fall upon them then our faith will bee a cup of comfort for us Let a man have houses and lands goods and cattle silver and gold and plate and all the rich jewels that may bee when death comes all is gone hee must part from all and then what comfort can hee have of them when death seazes upon him and hell is readie to swallow him up But if a man have lived in faith and died in faith this will bee a comfort unto him that hee shall also bee saved by his faith that hee shall see the heavenly vision as Stephan saw heaven opened and Christ standing at the right hand of God I have shewed you before that if a man lye upon his death-bed and make his will hee giveth some of his goods to one and some to another and so leaveth himselfe nothing now if hee hath not faith to comfort him what a pittifull case is this man in hee is a miserable man and thrice miserable if hee hath not faith whatsoever the party is whether he be King or Lord. Now foure waies we must die in faith as wee may see in Heb. 11. 13. First they did acknowledge they were but strangers and pilgrimes and had but a little time to tarry here that heaven was their home so al the holy men have done before us David Psal 39. 12. For I am a stranger and sojourner as were all my fathers And so in the 1 Pet. 2. 11. hee exhorts Dearely beloved I beseech you as strangers and pilgrims abstaine from fleshly lusts which fight against the soule And therefore seeing wee are strangers and pilgrimes here wee should bee contented to leave the world when God would have us it is a pittifull thing to see that men hang on the world as if they were borne to continne here for ever Secondly the holy people of God that died in faith did see the promises of God afarre off and did thankefully rejoyce in them it is a Metaphor taken from men when they bee at sea one goeth up the mast to see if hee can see the sea shore if hee can spy it it makes his heart leape in his belly even so when we lye on our death-beds if we can get upon the mast of faith and see the shore of heaven and happinesse this will make us to rejoyce So we see Stephan saw at the time of his death heaven opened and Christ standing at the right hand of God to helpe him and receive him And so also Iacob when he went to Syria when he tooke a stone and laid it at his head and slept in the open fields he saw a heavenly vision a ladder reared up to heaven and the Angels ascending and descending by it so this will be a great comfort to us when we lie on our death-beds and shall see such heavenly visions a ladder reared up to heaven where the Angels of God ascend and descend ready to receive our soules and to carry them up to heaven Gen. 2. Wee see the Cherubins were set to keepe paradise that a man should not come in there but now it is comfortable that they shall be ready to receive our soules and carry them to heaven Thirdly if we die in faith we must seeke for a heavenly country it makes us to let all goe and to seeke for heaven so we see the Theefe upon the crosse hanging in paines and torments he lets all goe and laboreth for the saving of his soule Lord saith hee remember me when thou commest into thy kingdome So likewise the Apostle Philip. 3. 8. saith I haue counted all things losse and doe judge them to be dung that I might winne Christ If a man should lie floating on the Sea ready to be drowned if one should cast out a planke to save him that man would bee ready to let all goe and to lay hold on the planke to save himselfe even so wee are all floating in the sea of this world and God hath as it were throwne a planke out unto us which are ready to bee drowned which is his Sonne Iesus Christ Therefore at the houre of death wee should be ready to let all goe and to lay hold on him Fourthly to die in faith we must seeke death in life and make a way through the dens of death to life put a hound upon a sent and although we see nothing yet the hound will follow the sent and even so put faith upon a sent of Christ although we see him not yet faith will follow and pursue till it come at Christ and so lay hold on him The uses are first that we labour above all things to get faith whatsoever it cost us seeing wee are justified before God and sanctified in this world we must live in faith and we must die in faith therefore above all things labor to get faith If a man goe to the market if he heare there is a commodity that hee can make some great advantage by hee will have it whatsoever it cost him so seeing wee heare there is such great advantage to bee made of faith let us labour above all things to get it whatsoever the price be or whatsoever it cost The second use is that seeing we have such use of our faith here in this life that wee nourish it by prayer and meditations and by all the good meanes If a man did hang out of an high Tower out of the top of it by a cord or threed and were like to fall into a pit of fire how afraide would that man be of every hand that should come to breake this threed or cord even so faith is the threed or cord wee hang by over the pit of hell how afraid then should we be of every hand or any thing that should breake the threed and cord of faith SERMON II. 1 TIM 1. 5. Now the end of the Commandement is love out of a pure heart and of a good conscience and of faith unfained HAving spoken of the utility of Faith and of the great use thereof
espie a leake in the ship how affraid would hee bee to adventure his goods this were but to hazard goods but if a man hath a fault in his Faith hee doth not adventure his goods and hazard them but hee doth hazard his soule And therefore take heed thou bee not deceived with a false Faith a poore man may dwell in his house all Summer and may thinke hee is as well as they that dwell in a better house but when Winter comes and it raines into his house in twenty places so as hee cannot bee at rest in it then hee seeth his error so a man thinkes himselfe as well that hath but a counterfeit as he that hath a true Faith all the summer time of his life but when the winter death and the judgement day comes then hee shall see his error and therefore let us labour that wee may have true Faith whiles wee live heere lest wee be condemned then Now the next thing we are to handle by order course is the degrees of Faith There is not only one measure and degree but there be diverse degrees of it the two Cherubines in the temple were all of one size and measure but there be diverse degrees thereof according to the severall growths of Faith now there are three degrees of it first Weake Faith Secondly strong Faith Thirdly full assurance of Faith So the Apostle 1 Ioh. 2. 12. shews the three degrees of it according to the three ages of men by babes young men and by old men by babes weake Faith by young men strong Faith by old men the full assurance of Faith Now weake Faith is accompanied with much wandering and doubting and yet there must bee in it an apprehension of the promise made unto us in Christ but it is so accompanied with wandering and doubting that sometimes it cannot tell whether it doe or no even like the smoaking flaxe that lieth smoaking and paddering that it cannot bee discerned whether there bee any fire or no but by the smoaking so there may be such weake apprehension of the promises of God made unto us in Christ that wee can hardly discerne whether there bee any Faith or no. I but there is weaknesse in all even in the strongest I answer there is great difference betweene a strong man weakened by sicknesse and the weakenesse of a child so there is a great difference betweene the Faith of a strong Christian weakened by sinne and the weakenesse of Faith in a new beginner a childe in religion and of this weaknesse there bee two reasons first weaknesse of judgement Secondly weaknesse of apprehension First weaknesse in judgement so wee see the disciples of Christ how weake their judgement was in regard of knowledge that they did not beleeve one of the articles of Faith they did not beleeve the resurrection of the dead the Evangelist Marke shewes and so likewise in Iohn 4. how weake the Faith of the Samaritane in regard of her knowledge and so of Rahab her faith was weake in judgement for she had heard of the wonders that were done in Egypt and had a desire to bee joyned to the people of God and this is the weake Faith that is here spoken of Rom. 14. 10. The second is weaknesse in apprehension of the promises of God that it is not able to apply Christ unto it selfe one would doe it but hee cannot hee beleeves there is a pardon for his sinnes if hee could apply Christ and yet he cannot doe it so we see Iohn 20. what a long time it was ere Thomas could apply Christ to him and say hee was his Lord and his God so it is long ere a Christian can apply the promises of Christ unto himselfe Now this is weake Faith and this weaknesse of Faith is in all beleevers beginnes in weaknesse and therefore none ought to bee discouraged although they cannot apply Christ to themselves because weaknesse of Faith is in all and if thou be stronger in Faith than thy brother doe not exclude or discourage him but labour by all meanes to nourish and to strengthen it so the Apostle saith him that is weake in the Faith receive unto thee and so likewise Zecharie 4. 10. For who hath despised the day of small things and therefore if it be but the smallest and the least that may bee labour to nourish and encrease it the reason is because the least measure of true Faith is able to save us for if a man hath but as much true Faith as a graine of mustard seede it is able to worke wonders to remove mountaines as wee see Luk. 17. We see in experience that the hand of a little child is able to lay hold of a bagge of gold when the father giveth it indeed the hand of a strong man is able to take it out of the hand of the father but yet the hand of a child can lay hold of it Even so weake Faith may lay hold of the promises of God as well as strong faith although it doth not so strongly apply Christ as Num. 21 when the people were bitten with the fiery serpents there was a brasen serpent set upon a pole that so many as being bitten looked upon it should be healed which did not only help the strongest but the weakest sighted also if they were able but to cast up their eyes to it and not onely so but those that lay on their sicke beds in the tents if they were able but to espy him at a litle chinke or crevise they were healed So not only they that have the strongest Faith are saved but even those that have but a weake also yea although they lye on their death-beds yet if they can but espie Christ by the eye of Faith at a little chinke or crevise they shall be saved But how may wee know weake Faith from no Faith I answer it may be knowne foure waies First When it is attended with good desires That a man hath a desire to beleeve to repent to doe the will of God but cannot as David saith I desire to doe thy will O God although I cannot so wee see weake Faith is attended with good desires therefore where there be not these good desires there is not weake Faith but no Faith I but are there not good desires in some that have not true Faith I answer Balaam hee had good desires hee desired to die the death of the righteous so then there be desires in both but the desires of weake Faith have these three properties first they bee earnest and servent secondly constant and setled thirdly actuall and lively First they bee earnest they cannot bee at rest till they have the thing they desire Even as a child that is hungry nothing will content him till hee have meate give him this and that thing yet will hee not bee quiet till hee hath foode so it is with a Christian nothing will content him till hee hath
earth about it he doth shake the tree this way and that way as if hee would overthrow and pull it up yet all is but to settle it that it may stand the faster so the Lord doth when hee hath planted a man hee doth as it were pull at him and shake him as if hee would pull him up and yet the Lord doth it but to settle and ground him that hee should stand the faster and to make him the more constant and therefore the people of God have no cause to be discouraged with the dealing of God Now come we to speake of strong faith which doth ordinarily assure a man of salvation and of the pardon of sinnes unlesse it be in the time of temptation if therefore any man would know how he comes to this assurance and what the ground is that strong faith gathereth this assurance upon I answer that it gathereth it from the merits dignity of the death of Christ for Christ and the Crosse were our pledge and pawne looke what wee should have suffered that Christ hath suffered for us in our place and in our roome when all our sinnes were imputed to him therefore Christs sufferings were as much in acceptation with God as if wee should have suffered our selves so that wee are thereby discharged and acquitted Now from this ground strong faith doth draw assurance of Salvation and of the pardon of sinnes by looking backe into the merits of Christs death Indeed if wee looke into our selves and our sinnes wee can assure our selves of nothing but death hell and damnation but if we looke into the merit and dignitie of the death of Christ then faith assureth us of Salvation and pardon of sinnes The Papists say that a man cannot have assurance of the pardon of sinnes and assurance of Salvation here in this life for this openeth a window say they to all disorder and loosenesse of living But I answere that there be two kindes of assurance the first absolute the second conditionall first absolute assurance That whatsoever a man doth or howsoever a man liveth yet he shall be saved faith doth not assure a man of Salvation if he live in his sinnes and doe what he list or thinke good nay hee is like to perish if he doe so and he seales up his damnation and therefore it is not absolute assurance that we have by faith Conditionall assurance is that which the Gospell teaches that if we repent for our sinnes lay hold on Christ by faith if we beleeve then we may assure our selves that we shall be saved but if wee have no care to repent to beleeve nor to walke with God in newnesse of life then wee cannot be saved Therefore if men say they are sure of Salvation they must looke that they have a right ground If a man should demand of some to know how they should be saved and they answere because we have not committed many sinnes others because wee have done no harme to any body or because we heare the word of God Al this were nothing till one can ground himselfe on these two conditions to repent and beleeve and so to make a logicall discourse of Assurance to himselfe from this ground that God hath said in his word that whosoever repenteth and beleeveth shall bee saved but I upon the search of my Conscience doe finde that I have repented and doe beleeve therefore I shall be saved untill a man I say can make this discourse he cannot be assured of his Salvation but when men have the assurance of Salvation from this ground and can make such a discourse unto themselves it is not all the divels in hell that can plucke away this assurance from them This is a goodly comfort that a man can assure himselfe that hee shall be saved and that he is beloved of God howsoever he be poore ficke afflicted and troubled here in this life yet he can be perswaded that one day he shall fit downe with Abraham Isaac and Iacob in the kingdome of heaven and death must be the gate to let us in If a man should go a long and tedious journey and in the way should meete with many inconveniences yet if he knew hee should be kindly entertained at his journies end this would comfort him so wee all are walking as it were a long journey here in the wildernesse of this world where although we meet with many discomforts and troubles yet let us comfort our selves with this that one day it will be blessed and happy with us when we come at home at our journies end then Christ wil gird himselfe and serve us and all the holy Patriarkes and Prophets will be ready to entertaine us This is it that may comfort us so Iob was comforted in the time of his trouble Iob 19. 23. I know saith he that my Redeemer liveth and howsoever I have trouble here yet one day I shall see God so David Psal. 27. 13. I should have fainted but that I beleeved to see the goodnesse of God in the land of the living I should have fainted but that for the hope of heaven and of glory which upheld me so Rom. 8. 36. where the Apostle saith that the people of God were killed and as sheepe appointed to the slaughter saith he yet in all these things we are more than Conquerors for all these troubles they rejoyced and hoped in God exceedingly So he burst out into this speech in a holy triumph and saith there I am perswaded that neither death nor life nor principalities nor powers nor things present nor things to come can separate us from the love of God which is in Christ Iesus our Lord. Now strong faith you see is not so strong but that in time of temptation it may bee shrewdly shaken for as a strong man may catch a cold and by dis-dieting make himselfe that he cannot be able to walke with a staffe so a man may as it were catch a cold and dis-diet himselfe by his sinnes make himselfe weake So David was confident in one part Psal 31. 14. But I trusted in the Lord I said thou art my God and in another place of the same Psalme he saith I am cast out of thy sight so Iob in one place was confident in peace and rejoycing in God yet Chapter 17. he cryeth out Where is my hope for though I hope yet the grave shall be my house and I will make my bed in the darke I shall say unto Corruption thou art my father and to the worme thou art my mother and my sister where is now my hope So we see strong faith is not so strong but that it may be shrewdly shaken as ye have heard Now some man may say If a man may lose the feeling and comfort of his assurance of Salvation in the time of temptation what Comfort in this case can he have I answer a man may have comfort considering these foure things First That
his appointed place even so when a man is come to the full assurance of faith he is past all danger he saileth safely towards God and joyfully even untill hee come to heaven This is the most joyfull and blessed estate that any man can have or bee in here in this life but this is not the case of many for a man comes to this by degrees and it is a long while ere he can attaine unto it and many doe not feele it untill the time of their death Now having spoken of the degrees of faith we will in the next place speake of the Effects and Fruits of faith for as the Apostle saith Faith worketh by love it is not idle in a man nor lyeth still but sheweth it selfe by good effects and fruits for there is nothing in the world can save a man no outward thing neither circumcision nor uncircumcision but only faith which worketh by love In a Clocke when the great wheele stirres all the little ones will stirre because they doe depend upon it so faith is the great wheele in the life of a Christian that if it be stirred it will move all the rest of the wheeles all the rest of our graces It is said Iames 2. Shew me thy faith For many will talke and say they have faith but if you have faith Oh thou man or woman shew me thy faith make declaration of it for if thou canst not shew mee thy faith by good effects and fruits it is to be suspected that it is not true faith If one lay a little straw on the ashes if there be any live-coles they will catch hold on the straw so if there be faith in us it will shew it selfe by the fruites and effects Mat. 9. 2. it is said that Christ saw the faith of the sicke man and of those that brought him why could Christ see their faith could he see into their hearts Yes but hee saw also their faith because it did shew it selfe by the effects fruits wherefore if you have not a faith attended with good fruits and good effects it is not true faith It is a good observation of a learned man saith he A man that goeth upon a ladder to serve a Mason he must have two hands one to hold by and another to give up Morter and Bricke and such like so saith he a Christian must have two hands hee must have the hand of faith to lay hold on Christ to save himselfe and hee must have the hand of charitie to give out things to his brethren So we see the faith of a Christian must bee attended with good effects and fruits as yee have heard Now the fruits and effects of faith are many but I cannot stand to shew you them all and therefore I will onely point at the chiefe which the Apostle Paul doth aime at Hebrewes 11. First that faith makes a man offer a better sacrifice to God than others this is shewed by the example of Abel and Caine the Apostle telleth us that his was greater than Caines Gen. 4. 1. it is said that Abel did offer of the first fruits of his sheepe and of the fat of them and Caine of the worst they did both offer sacrifice what was that then that made the difference the Apostle telleth us that faith made the difference for Abel beleeved that God had pardoned his sinnes that God would save him and blesse him and bestow upon him all things needfull in this life and heaven and happinesse in the life to come and therefore hee thought nothing too good to offer unto God but Caine he had not faith he did not beleeve that God would save him and blesse him hee had no hope of heaven nor no hope of the pardon of his sinnes hee did not beleeve that God did love him and therefore hee thought any thing good enough for God So it is still faith doth make a man offer a better sacrifice and a greater than others for when men beleeve that God hath pardoned their sins that they shall be saved enjoy heaven and happines bee blessed in this life and in the life to come then they thinke all the service that they doe is too little to such a God that hath loved and bestowed such blessings upon them they satisfie others yet they cannot satisfie themselves because God will infinitely acquit them if they had a thousand bodies and soules all were too little to doe service unto him David saith in the 1 Chro● 22. 14. Now behold according to my poverty have I prepared for the house of the Lord an hundred thousand talents of gold and a thousand thousand talents of silver and of brasse and iron passing weight for it is in abundance I have also prepared timber and stones here we see that David did accompt all this as nothing in regard of God So Matth. 26. Mary Magdalen brought a costly boxe of oyntment she broke her boxe and powred forth her oyntment on Christ she thought nothing too good or too deare for him thus much Christ instructs us in the Gospell that when wee have done all wee can yet wee are unprofitable servants It is a good saying of S. Bernard saith he it is an infinite debt that we owe unto God for our redemption if all the lives of the sons of Adam were in one man and all the vertues and good things that were in all the Patriarkes and Prophets and all the holy men yet all were nothing to doe service unto him yea saith hee for mine owne part I have but two farthings to pay the Lord withall and they bee farthings of the least size and measure my body and my soule nay indeed saith hee I have but one farthing and that is my good heart and my good will thus faith makes a man offer a better sacrifice than others because the men of this world doe not beleeve that their sinnes bee pardoned and have not hope of heaven they thinke a little will serve to please God a little prayer repentance and a little care this doth shew that it is not true faith for if a man have true faith hee cannot pray enough bee carefull enough take too much paines all will bee too little that hee doth in the service of God The second effect of faith is that it maketh a man exceeding carefull to please God and to walke with him as is shewed in the example of Henoch of whom it is reported Gen. 5. 24. that hee pleased God in his courses for hee beleeved that hee should lose nothing but bee well rewarded for it it was not in vaine to walke with God to please him and praise him so it is still if a man beleeve that God is a rewarder of all them that seeke unto him they will let all goe and desire to please God in their courses this was that made David say Psal 119. Teach mee thy way and I shall walke in it and Psal 56. 13. For
the defect here is not in the power of man but in the glasse for hee was as able to powre out all of it as one drop but the glasse could not receive it Againe God cannot doe any thing that implyes contradiction as to cause a thing to bee and not to bee as the Sunne to shine and not to shine all at one time or a body to be in a place and not to be or to be in divers places at one time The uses are for Instruction and Comfort The first Instruction is that seeing God is Almighty all men must stoope and bow before him in the consideration of his great power as Esa 25. 3. Therfore shall the mighty people give glory unto thee the city of the strong nations shall feare thee Ier. 10. 7. Who would not feare thee O King of nations For to thee appertaineth the dominion for among all the wise men of the Gentiles and in all their kingdomes there is none like unto thee So Psal 95. 6. Come let us worship and fall downe and kneele before the Lord our Maker therefore the great power that is in God must humble us bring us low and make us fall downe before him Secondly that seeing God is Almighty labour to make him thy friend and to be in his favour for nothing is almighty in this world but God wee see how men labour to bee in favour with Noblemen thinking thereby to procure some great matter to themselves but there is none greater than God therefore labour to have his favour This is that a Christian desires above all the things in this world so David Psal 4. 6. Lord saith hee lift thou up the light of thy countenance upon us and that shall make my heart more glad than they that have their corne and wine and oyle increased So Psal 80. 19. Turne us O Lord God of hostes cause thy face to shine upon us and wee shall be safe In which Psalme it is thrice repeated as the onely desire of a Christian Thirdly that seeing God is Almighty therefore above all things take heed we doe not sinne against and offend him for all the creatures are not able to doe the thousand part of that hurt that God can doe unto thee why then are men commonly so afraid of great men and of the hurt they can doe to them our Saviour tels them whom to feare Luk. 12. 4. saith hee Feare not him that can kill the body and after that is able to doe no more but feare him that is able to destroy both Soule and body and to cast them into hell fire him wee ought to feare therefore the power that is in God should make us afraid to offend him Wee see Iob saith Gods judgements were fearefull to mee and I could not bee delivered from his highnesse so we see the consideration of the power that was in God made Iob stand in awe of him a number of men never stand in awe of God are never afraid of his great power indeed they feare an earthly power are afraid of breaking the Princes lawes and the commandements of men but O that men could bee afraid of the great power that is in God who is able to destroy both soule and body Fourthly seeing God is Almighty therefore in all extremities wee are to rest and relie on the power that is in him for howsoever men runne here and there for helpe yet no man is able to helpe but hee A Christian must beleeve that God is able to helpe by meanes as Noah was saved in a wooden Arke and Moses in an Arke of reed so likewise wee must beleeve that God is able to helpe us without meanes against meanes or beyond meanes and above the meanes so as with the Apostle Paul we may say If God be on our side who can be against us Now the next thing observed was comfort First that seeing God is Almighty therefore our Salvation is in the hands of God if it were in our owne wee might lose it but seeing it is in Gods keeping it is safe as 1 Pet. 1. 5. it is said Wee are kept by the power of God In the time of mans innocency Adam had the keeping of his owne Salvation it was in his owne hands and hee lost it but now it is in Gods keeping and therefore we are sure we shall not lose it seeing his power is Almighty Secondly that seeing God is Almighty therefore wee shall bee safe under his protection so David saith Psal 27. 1. The Lord is my light and my Salvation whom shall I feare the Lord is the strength of my life of whom shall I bee afraid And Psal 23. 4. Yea though I should walke through the valley of the shaddow of death yet I will feare none evill for thou art my God and thou art with mee If God bee our friend wee need not to care who is our foe for Gods power is Almighty Thirdly that seeing Gods power is Almighty therefore all his promises shall bee fulfilled in due time so Gen. 21. 1. Now the Lord visited Sarah as hee had said and the Lord did unto her according as hee had promised And Gen. 18. 14. saith the Angell shall any thing bee hard unto the Lord therefore seeing all Gods promises shall bee performed in due time and nothing is hard for him comfort thy selfe therein for hast thou a promise that God will raise thee out of the grave to glory and happinesse or hast thou any other promise it is most sure it shall be fulfilled in the due time by God Fourthly that seeing God is Almighty therefore we shall not need to doubt or feare but that hee is able to destroy our adversaries power whosoever shall rise against him or us Rev. 18. 8. Therefore shall her plagues come one day death and sorrow and famine and shee shall bee burne with fire for strong is the Lord our God which shall condemne her SERMON VI. ACT. 14. 15. That yee should turne from these vanities unto the living God which made Heaven and earth and the sea and all things that are therein COncerning the Almightinesse of God which is His first Attribute we have already spoken now wee come to the second which is Maker of Heaven and earth I will directly fall upon the point without any repetition onely remember wee that the more power there is in God the more is our true comfort for when a man knowes that all the power that is in God is for his good then the more there is in God the more is his comfort As if a man should see a great deale of armour laid up in the hands of his friend he might thinke it were the better for him he shall be the safer by it but if he see a great deale in the hands of his enemie this may strike a terrour into him so if we can finde that God is our Father and
the Deitie did flow into the Person of the Sonne then our faith goes with it and whithersoever the Deity goes thither goeth the faith of a Christian Now the faith that wee have in the Sonne of God is to be considered three wayes 1. In his Titles 2. In his Incarnation 3. In his twofold Estate of 1. Humiliation 2. Exaltation Concerning his Titles we beleeve 1. That he is Iesus 2. That he is Christ 3. That he is the onely Sonne 4. That he is our Lord according as the Angel saith here in this place And thou shalt call his name Iesus Now in the faith we have in this title Iesus there bee three things implyed 1. That he is a Saviour 2. That in the matter of our Salvation there is no other Iesus but this Iesus 3. That as he is Iesus so he is our Iesus and will save us in the day of death and Iudgement First Iesus as the Angell tels us and as wee all know it signifieth A Saviour wee beleeve that Iesus is a Saviour and will save us at the day of death and at the day of judgement As Matth. 18. For the Sonne of man is come to save that which was lost And 1 Tim. 1. 15. This is a true saying saith the Apostle and by all meanes worthy to bee received that Christ Iesus came into the world to save sinners c. So Ioh. 4. 14. And wee have seene and doe testifie that the Father sent his Sonne to bee the Saviour of the world So that if hee bee the true Saviour of the world all that will be saved must seeke to bee saved by him for God saveth not but by the meanes which hee himselfe hath appointed therefore wee must seeke to that It is a rule in Divinity That such meanes as God hath appointed for the saving of us such wee must applie our selves to as God appointed an Arke for saving of Noab and his family from drowning so that all that would bee saved must flie to the Arke so likewise if any were stung with the firy serpents hee had appointed a brasen serpent that if any bitten with the firy serpent looked up they should bee holpen and if any were stung and did not looke up and cast up their eyes there on the brasen serpent they were not helped Even so God hath appointed Iesus to bee the meanes of salvation therefore all that will bee saved must seeke to Iesus to bee saved Ioh. 1. 37. Iohn as soone as hee pointed at Iesus and said Behold the Lambe of God the two Disciples left all and followed him so wee should doe when wee heare it is Iesus that must save us at the day of death and judgement we should bee contented to leave all pleasures and profits and our sinnes and whatsoever is deare to us to bee saved by Iesus But it is a pittifull thing that men desire to bee saved at the day of judgement and after death to bee blessed and yet never seeke to Christ Christ complaineth of this in Ioh. 5. 40. But yee will not come unto me that ye might have life As if he should say yee desire to be blessed and to bee saved but yee will not come to me to have life and to bee saved It is the sinne of the world that they intend matters of pleasure and profit and never seeke to Christ to bee saved if a strange Chirurgion or Physition should come into the countrey if wee conceive him to bee good or heare hee is O how men will seeke to him that they may be holpen of their disease or of their wounds but here is the fault that men do not seeke to Iesus who is able to bring light out of darkenesse health out of sickenesse life out of death Secondly seeing Iesus is the Saviour therefore wee must bring our wives and children our servants friends and them wee wish well to Christ Iesus to bee saved Mark 2. 3. There was a man sicke of the Palsey who because hee was not able to come himselfe was brought by foure men and presented before Christ and so was healed so wee should doe present our children and friends at the feet of Christ by prayer and them wee wish well to that hee may save and blesse them As Mark. 10. 14. They brought little children to him that hee might touch them A learned man saith well hee is the Saviour of little children therefore we must bring them to Christ and present them by prayer to him that he may save and blesse them Thirdly seeing Iesus is the Saviour it shewes naturally wee are all lost in our selves under the curse of God and out of the estate of Salvation and therefore must seeke to Christ to be saved as Matth. 18. 11. The Sonne of man is come to seeke and to save that which is lost as a lost sheepe is not at rest but runnes here and there and cryes to the shepheard and is not at rest till hee bee in the fould againe so wee should doe wee should cry to the shepheard and never be at rest till wee bee brought home to God againe In the words of the Angell wee may observe three things 1. Whom he shall save his owne people 2. By what meanes not by strong hand or fighting for them but by dying and suffering for them 3. From what he shall save them from their sinnes First whom hee shall save he shall save his owne people so that if we bee not the people of Christ we cannot bee saved A number of men thinke that seeing all bee sinners and Christ dyed for sinners therefore all shall bee saved but this is an error in the world for hee shall save none but his owne people and therefore if wee will be saved we must labour to bee the people of Christ obedient to his commandements to live under his government and to bee guided and governed by him in all our actions for if wee bee not gathered home unto him obey him and live under his government we are none of his people and then we cannot looke to bee saved It is said Psal 18. 27. Hee will save the humble and will cast downe the proud Now who bee the humble people even such as bee brought low upon the consideration of their sinnes and sit under the burthen of them at the feet of Christ these bee the people that shall be saved Secondly how hee shall save them not by strong hand nor by fighting for them but by suffering for them as it is said Ioh. 1. Behold the Lambe of God that taketh away the sinnes of the world even as the lambe in the Law typified the taking away of sinne so Iesus tooke away our sinne In the Law when they brought a Lambe to offer the man made confession of his sinnes on the head of the Lambe and put them vpon the Lambe the Lambe was killed and the man went free so all our sinnes
that they have roome in their houses for others but no roome for Christ at this time let us looke into the houses of Gentlemen and great men they have roome enough for swaggerers and swearers dicers and carders and mummers but no roome for Christ Religion prayer or for the Bible but Christ thy redeemer is as it were turned into the stable I beseech God that no such accusation may bee laid to us at the day of judgement therefore whosoever thou bee that keepest a roome to entertaine thy friend bee sure thou keepe a roome in thy house to entertaine Christ even his poore members to entertaine Religion prayer and all other Christian duties The Shunamite is commended in the 2 King 4. 10. for keeping a chamber for the man of God even this shall be thy commendations that thou keepest a roome in thy house to entertaine Christs members but if thou canst not keepe thus a chamber in thy house yet keepe a little roome or corner in thy heart for Christ wee see a number of men have roome in their hearts for every vile sinne and lust but no roome for Christ whatsoever wee doe let us not turne out Christ and let him have a roome to seeke but rather let us turne out our sinnes that so Christ may dwell with us and that we may dwell with him eternally The last thing observed in the birth of Christ was the manifestation thereof for seeing Christ was so obscurely borne in a stable laid in a cratch we may wonder how the world came to know it it was manifested three waies 1. By the Angels to the shepheards 2. By a Starre to the Wisemen 3. By a secret motion of the Spirit to Simeon and Anna in the Temple In the first manifestation of Christ to the shepheards we observe two things 1. The manifestation it selfe 2. The effects of it In the manifestation we may observe six things 1. To whom Christ was made manifest To the shepheards 2. What disposition they were in upon their calling watching their flocks 3. By whom by an Angell when the Priests were silent in the Temple 4. The time when The very same night 5. The manner of it By bringing a speciall message 6. The speech of the Angell First to whom Christ was made manifest not to the great men of the world nor to the priests contemners of grace but unto poore Shepheards one would have thought hee would first have manifested himselfe to kings and Queens and to the great men of the land and not unto poore shepheards Of which there be three Reasons First because it was one of the parts of the degrees of Christs Humiliation that hee had not the great men of the world to grace him at his birth but onely poore shepheards yea this is a great stumbling blocke still because poore men receive the Gospell it hinders many a man from receiving the truth or embracing Religion but let no man be offended at it it was so when Christ came into the world The Pharises aske the question Have any of the Rulers or of the Pharisees beeleved on him those that bee learned it is but a company of poore men and 1 Cor. 1. 26. saith the Apostle For ye see your calling brethren how that not many wise men after the flesh not many mighty not many noble are called But God hath chosen the foolish things of the world to confound the wise c. therefroe labour to be one of Christs Disciples and he will not despise thee although thou be poore and meane Secondly to shew that there is no condition or estate so bad that can hinder a man from Christ whatsoever it be tradseman shepheard or how meane soever he will not despise thee for thy meanenesse some would thinke that such great things should be ingrossed for the great men of this world as we see that the best things bee gathered up all the country over and ingrossed for kings and Queens and because the best thing of all is Christ therefore that kings and Queenes should have had the chiefe ineterst in him and the poore have gone without but we may see that no meane condition can hinder a man from Christ but the poore man hath as great a part in him as the rich We read Gen. 2. 9. The tree of life stood in the middest of the garden of Paradise that it might equally impart it selfe to all sorts and conditions of men and so Revel 22. 2. In the Heavenly Ierusalem there is a tree of life said to be in the middest of the street equally to impart it selfe to all sorts poore and rich therefore this may bee a comfort that no meane condition or estate doth hinder a man from Christ There bee many poore people will not come at Church because they have not good apparell it is good indeede that there bee as much decencie in this as may be that men and women when they come to the house of God should come as comely and handsomely as they can but if men have not decent and comely apparell to come in let them not refraine from comming to the Church because they want apparell to come but let them looke to the heart and conscience and then Iesus will be a Iesus to them Thirdly to shew that he must be the poore mans portion the rich man hath his portion in goods and in lands but the poore mans portion is in Christ so Iam. 2. 5. Hath not God chosen the poore of the world that they should be rich in faith and heires of the kingdome which he promised to them that love him and therefore this may bee a great comfort to a poore man although he hath not a great deale of goods and lands for his portion yet he may say I thanke God that Christ is my portion his birth cradle cratch life death passion and his merits are mine this it was that made Ieremy to rejoyce in his trouble Lamen 3. 24. The Lord is my portion saith my soule therefore will I hope in him and so Psalm 16. 5. saith David The Lord is the portion of mine Inheritance therefore thou that art a poore man and hast but a little goods or lands labour to make Christ thy portion take him home into thy heart apply him by faith and then thou hast an excellent portion if a man fall into the hands of his enemies or of theeves who rob him and take away his goods yet if he have a Iewell of great price lest about him hee may say Lord I thanke thee though they have taken away my money and goods yet they have left me may Iewell so howsoever the world may take away from a man his goods peace or his good name yet a Christian may have comfort and say Lord I thanke thee that I have still my Iewell they have not taken away Christ from me If any object and say is Christ the poore mans portion onely doth not he
belong to the rich also To this I answere that the grace of the Gospell is like to a Vine that runnes low first at the bottome of the tree and by little and little windes and twists it selfe up till it gets to the top so at first the grace of the Gospell began low it did as it were creepe along on the ground with poore men and after it did winde and twist up till it came at the top and so did winde within Scepters and crownes of kings which is the highest step that it can come to in this world Secondly in what disposition they were found the text saith they were keeping their flockes not Idle in their houses nor asleepe in their beds but attending their flockes in their callings Here we may see what a good thing it is for a man to be upon his calling If we looke into the Bible we shall see all the goodly apparitions that appeared were when they were upon their callings when was it that Iaakob saw in a vision Angels ascending and descending when he was in his journey upon his calling so Moses Exod. 2. when did the Lord appeare unto him as hee was keeping his flocke and so the Angell did appeare to Gedeon when hee was a threshing wheate in his calling so the Lord tooke David from following the sheepe great with young And when were the Disciples called was it not when they were a fishing in their calling not when they were idle which may shew us what an excellent thing it is for a man to be upon his calling to performe the duties of it if there be any blessing stirring or any good thing for the Angell of God to impart hee shall be sure to have his part in it at that time so saith our Saviour Blessed is that servant who when his Master shall come shall be found well doing and it was a good saying that a learned man had when his friends told him hee studied too much saith hee What would yee have the Lord come and finde mee Idle Thirdly by whom the birth of Christ was made manifest by the Angels when the Priests were silent in the Temple the Angels were not they could not keepe it here we may see how ready the Angels are to doe any service to Christ there is not an Angell nor an Archangell but is ready to doe service to him therefore much more should men be ready to serve and obey Him But it is otherwise with us for we be ready to doe service to sinne and to our lusts rather than unto Christ Matth. 21. when Iesus rode to Ierusalem upon an Asse some strowed garments in the way some did cut downe boughs and branches crying Hosanna there was not a childe playing in the streets but was ready to doe service unto Christ in like manner let us stirre up and quicken our selves to doe in the service of Christ and not as we were wont give our selves wholly to sin to the deceitfull lusts and vaine pleasures of this world Fourthly the time when Christs birth was made manifest the same night an Angel came post from heaven to make it knowne it was the love of God that he would not hold it till day any long time but presently he makes it knowne We read Gen. 18. of Gods love to his servants saith the Lord Shall I hide from Abraham that thing which I doe c For I know him that he will command his children and his houshold after Him and they shall keepe the way of the Lord c. God would not conceale any thing from his servant Abraham so it was his love that he would not conceale the birth of Christ but make it knowne the same night Therefore seeing God made hast to send this message we should make hast to receive it as soone as may bee seeke him and not rest till wee have found him and as the Shepheards went out to Bethlem to see Christ so let us go forth to see him although he be not at Bethlem yet in his word there we may see Christ borne in a stable laid in a cratch praying in the mount sweating in the garden crowned with a crowne of thornes bleeding on the crosse hanging in paines and torments and gloriously sitting on his throne and as old Simeon tooke Christ in his armes and imbraced him so let us take him and lay hold on him by the hand of Faith and bring him into our hearts so as we may say with Paul Gal. 20. 2. The life which I now liue in the flesh I live by the faith of the Sonne of God c. so never part with Christ till the day of death for no man can have comfort although hee should see Christ borne in the stable laid in the cratch sitting in the lap of his mother praying in the mount bleeding on the crosse sitting gloriously on his throne unlesse hee can apply Christ and make him his owne by faith Fifthly the manner of the manifestation of his birth by a speciall message where two things are to be considered 1. That the Angell moveth attention 2. The message it selfe Now the Angell moveth attention two wayes 1. By remooving that which should hinder attention 2. By quickning up the affections in this word Behold First of the message it selfe which was that the Angels did bring them tidings of great Ioy. 1. It was tidings of joy 2. Of great joy 3. Not to one people nor to one nation but to all people And therefore seeing there is such an excellent message come wee should attend it Heere wee may observe what is the greatest joy that is that Christ is borne into the world this is the joy of us Christians to know that Christ is come into the world to save penitent and poore sinners he will heare us in our troubles releeve us when we bee poore give us health when we be sicke will be all in all unto us O let us then labour to joy in Christ for there is no true joy but in him therefore howsoever the covetous mans joy is in his goods the fleshly mans in his pleasures the usurers in his mony yet let the Christian more joy in Christ than in any thing and let every man labour to get him make him sure and then he shall joy in life in death in sicknesse health plenty and adversity SERMON XI LVKE 2. 15. And it came to passe as the Angels were gone away from them into Heaven the shepheards said one to another Let us goe now even unto Bethlem and see this thing which is come to passe which the Lord hath made knowne unto us OF the manifestation of Christs birth we spake the last day onely one thing more there is to be added which is the Specification of the Angels speech they doe not onely say that Christ is borne but by way of appropriation that Christ is borne to you you bee the men the parties that Christ was borne for
A man shall never have any true comfort to know that Christ is borne unlesse he can apply and appropriate Him to himselfe bring himselfe within this compasse that Christ was borne for him to say that Christs birth is his His passion His paines His life His death is his then he may have comfort for all our joy is by applying and making Christ our owne to appropriate His death life paines and passions to us then wee may have comfort then wee may rejoyce therefore every one must labour to apply Christ unto himselfe and to know that he is one of them for whom Christ was borne Esai 9. 6. it is said To us a Childe is borne to us a Sonne is given c. for though Christ be borne to others wee can have no comfort by it until we know that he was borne for us and as it is said Zech. 9. 9. Behold thy king commeth to thee so till we say my king commeth to me we can have no joy of him so Iohn 20. Thomas had beene a long time a Disciple of Christ and yet had but little comfort by it till hee came to say My Lord and my God In like manner one may heare a long time and yet have no joy in Christ feele little comfort till he can make particular application of Him Therefore every one should labour to apply Christ unto himselfe that he may have joy and comfort when hee can bring his heart within compasse of those the Angels speake of Christ is borne to you you be the parties you be the men and women that Christ is borne for The second thing we observe is The effects it wrought in the shepherds which are foure in number The first is that they said one to another let us goe then unto Bethlem and see this thing that is come to passe which the Lord hath shewed unto us Here we see the shepheards doe exhort and stirre up one another to goe and see this thing which was come to passe and it must teach us to exhort and stirre upone another to good things and take them to ourselves labouring to make others the better for them as upon any occasion to say to one another Wife or children or servants or neighbours come let us goe to the preaching of the Word where wee shall have Christ to our comfort It is the manner of the streame to carry away all movealbe things but if they bee rooted then it doth not stirre them Mich. 4. 1. the people of God are said to flow because they carry men to Christ when men be setled and rooted in their sinnes then they stand still but if they bee capable of good things then they are carried to Christ and therefore Heb. 3. 13. we are commanded to exhort one another daily while it is called to day and Heb. 10. 25. it is said But let us exhort one another so much the more because the day draweth neere so likewise in Esay it is said And many people shall goe and say Come let us goe up to the mountaine of the Lord to the house of the God of Iacob It is one of the graces of God that hee will bestow on his people that they shall be helpers to stirre up one another to good duties to faith repentance patience and the like wee see how ready the men of this world bee to incite up one another to sinne as Gen. 11. 4. say the wicked builders Goe to let us build a tower whose top shall reach to heaven in Esay the drunkards stirre up one another and Ierem. 18. 18. Then said they Come let us devise devises against Ieremiah for the law shall not perish from the priests nor counsell from the wise nor the Word from the Prophet Come and let us smite him with the tongue and let us not give heede to any of his words so also Proverb 1. 11. the theeves say Come let us lay waite for blood cast in thy lot amongst us and we will all have one purse O how this may shame us that they bee more ready to carry one another to hell and damnation than we to draw one another to life and salvation we see if one wheele of a clocke bee stirred it will stirre all the rest so it should be with us if one be stirred to goodnesse he should stirre others to it as these shepheards did as soone as the Angels were departed from them this must teach us not to let good motions die but as soone as wee understand them wee must bee ready to set them aworke Of which there be two reasons First because in time the devill will bee very laborious to quench them as Matth. 13. when the good man had sowen good seede in his field the envious man did sow tares so when there is any good motions in us the devill will labour to hinder them therefore as soone as may bee wee should labour to set them aworke Secondly because the first motions are the swiftest and the strongest as the Apostle saith to the Galatians yee did runne well what did let you at the first so thou did'st runne well the first motions were swiftest therefore seeing they are swiftest and strongest we must not let them die but labour to set them a worke But what did they exhort one another unto to goe to Bethlem and why to Bethlem because Christ was borne there Bethlem was one of the smallest townes yet because he was borne there thither they went We have out Bethlem as well as they the place of preaching of prayer and the place where the Sacraments are administred this is Bethlem this is the place where Christ was borne therefore howsoever the place is meane whither we may goe yet thither must we goe howsoever others goe to other cities and great places yet wee must goe to Bethlem Mark 1. 33. All the city was gathered together at the doore of Peters mothers house and yet it was but a meane place onely a fishermans cottage neverthelesse because there was a healing power of Christ thither they went and resorted therefore howsoever the place be meane if Christ may be found there thither let us goe when others goe to places of disorder of pleasure of gaming to places of drinking and swilling let us goe to Bethlem to places of preaching prayer where we shall not onely see Christ lying in the cratch as the shepheards did but even in heaven gloriously sitting on his throne as blessed Stephen saw him But why did they goe to Bethlem the text saith to see the things that the Lord would shew them this may teach us when we have knowledge to make use of it to the bettering of us in our life and conversation many have knowledge but they be not bettered by it whereof the Lord complaineth Esai 42. 20. Seeing many things but keepest them not and therefore when God doth give a man knowledge and he be not bettered by it and in his life
made more carefull to please God how justly may this lye upon a mans conscience at the day of death The second effect was They come in hast for all this do you consider how many lets they had to hinder them first the darke night might have hindered them secondly their flockes were in danger subject to be devoured of wilde beasts there being no body to looke to them thirdly there was no body that knew of it but they fourthly when they were entred into the city there was no body could tell them of Christ and yet their faith made them breake through all these lets Which may teach us that true faith will breake through all lets there is never a man that heares me this day but hee shall meete with lets yet wee must not bee dishartned but strive to breake through all as Mark 2. 4. when they brought the man that was sicke of the palsie they brake through the rooffe and let him downe to Christ so true faith will breake through a thousand lets we see in nature that a spring will breake through an heape of stones or a rocke so if there be a spring of grace in us we shall breake through all lets unto Christ therefore it must be our wisedome to breake through profits and pleasures and whatsoever is deare unto us to come to Christ But why did they come in hast to teach us that men can never make too much hast to come to Christ It is a great error in the world that men may make too much hast to repent to beleeve c Ioh. 11. 29. when Lazarus was dead and Christ was come to the grave as soone as Mary heard that she arose in hast and came unto Him so Ioh. 21. the Disciples being a fishing when Peter heard it was the Lord he leaped over the Boate to come to Christ The third effect was that They published all things abroad that they had seen and heard of Christ they did not keepe it but they did make Christ knowne to the world Which may teach us when wee know any good thing that wee should labour to make it knowne to others that they might see Iesus and he blessed by him as Ioh. 1. 41. saith Andrew we have found the Messiah which is by Interpretation the Christ so Iohn 4. when the woman of Samaria had talked with Christ she went into the city and told all those things she had heard and seene so Matth. 28. when the Angels had shewed Mary that Christ was risen shee told the Disciples in like manner when wee know any thing wee should tell it to others to draw them to Christ As in a shipwrack when some bee got to the shore or to the haven they get into the toppes of trees to hang out lights that so others might be directed into the haven or harbour so wee should doe when it pleaseth God to draw any of us home to Christ wee should by all meanes labour to draw others and to bring them home to the haven or harbour to bring them home to Christ And what did this worke why did the common sort wonder and marvell at it yet let all goe because they were not inlightned but of good Mary it is said she did ponder all those things in her heart when men heare of the great and glorious things in the Gospell they wonder and marvell at them as the people did Act. 2. 6. Now when this was noised abroad the multitude came together and were astonied because every man did heare them speake in his owne language and they were all amazed and marvelled saying one to another Behold are not all these which speake Galileans and so let the matter dye But good Mary with the people of God ponder these things in their hearts therefore howsoever others doe wonder and are moved for a time only yet we should gather them home to our hearts and ponder them in our soules that so we may have comfort by them in life and death The fourth effect was that they did returne againe to their callings and to their flocks they did not give over their callings when they had seene Christ but they did returne againe But with what caution did they returne againe the text saith praysing and lauding God for all that they had seene and heard This must teach us that when we go to the place of Gods worship and see Iesus we must returne againe to our callings but with this caution praising lauding God that he hath made his birth known unto us his life his death his paines and his passions and wee have our parts in them when yet he hath passed by many kings and queenes and great gentlemen of this world and hath looked upon us that bee but poore husbandmen and tradesmen therefore let us praise God for it and although we go againe to our labours yet let us never forget this little Iesus the light that shone about them did vanish and they saw it no more but the inward joy that tarried within in their inner houses their hearts and was a comfort to them in sicknesse and troubles and at their deaths so wee cannot heare these glorious things nor have Sermons every day yet let us get Christ home to our houses and into our hearts then wee shall have comfort in all our troubles and at the time of death then whensoever thou shalt shut up thine eyes in this world thou shalt open them in Gods kingdome And therefore I pray God wee may so shut our eyes up in this world that so wee may open them in the light of his blessed kingdome One would wonder seeing Christ was so obscurely borne how his Birth should breake out into the world and be knowne There were three waies of it 1. By the Angels to the Shepheards of this spoken already 2. By a starre to the Wisemen 3. By a secret motion of the Spirit to Simeon and Anna. In the manifestation of Christ to the Wisemen wee observe two things 1. The inquiry they made for Christ 2. The effects of their inquiry In the inquiry for Christ observe 1. The persons that made inquiry The Wisemen 2. The place from whence they came Out of the East 3. The place whither they went To Ierusalem 4. The end To seeke Christ 5. The cause that mooved them It was a Starre First the persons that made inquiry the Wisemen or as the Originall hath it the Magi that is learned wisemen men of great learning and knowledge the shepheards were poore and simple men and the Magi great learned rich men as it may appeare by their gifts they offered to Christ Of which there are two reasons why Christ appeared to the Shepheards and the to Wisemen first to shew that the grace of the Gospell appertaineth equally to poore men as well as rich it draweth all sorts of men to it even as the Vine that beginneth low at the bottome of the tree
37. saith David Marke the upright man and behold the just for the end of that man is peace In 1 Sam. 12. 3. when Samuel came to resigne his office he standeth out to cleare himselfe to the people and saith Whose Oxe have I taken or whose Asse have I taken or whom have I defranded whom have I oppressed or of whom have I received any bribe to blind mine eyes withall so when a man can stand out at the day of his death and cleere himselfe as Samuel did and say O Lord I thanke thee that I have not beene a deceiver or an unjust dealer in the world but I have dealt justly and uprightly this may be a comfort to him at the day of his death therefore it is a good thing to be a just dealer Secondly it is said he was a devout man as it is in the new Translation the Greeke word is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a religious man such a one as feared God so we must put both these together he was a just man and a religious man for it is nothing to be religious unlesse one be just nor nothing to bee just unlesse one be religious therefore if thou bee religious labour to bee just also if thou bee a just man labour also to bee religious for a man must so looke to his duties to God as that hee doe not neglect his service to men and so looke to men as that he doe not neglect his duety to God It is a corruption in the world that if a man be a good and a just dealer in the world he cares not for religion if he be religious hee cares not for good dealing therefore art thou a just man make conscience of religious dueties for howsoever thou mai'st stand before man and bee in account with him yet thou shalt not bee able to stand before God and art thou a religious man labour thou also to bee a just man a good dealer lest this lye on thy conscience at the day of thy death for no unjust man shall inherite the kingdome of God Thirdly hee waited for the consolation of Israel which implyes two things first that hee had laid up all his hope joy comfort and consolation in Christ which must likewise teach us to lay up all our hope and comfort in Christ as Phil. 3. the Apostle saith Christ was to him both in life and in death advantage and our Saviour saith Ioh. 8. 56. Your father Abraham rejoyced to see my day and he saw it and was glad so also Iohn 20. the Disciples said to Thomas Wee have seene the Lord and Mary she had laid up all her joy and comfort in Christ Many now adayes lay up their comfort in their friends some in their goods and lands or in their money but a Christian must lay up all his joy and comfort in Christ and then one day hee shall be happy with him let a man lay up his comfort in any thing but in Christ howsoever it may stand by him in the time of peace yet it will faile him in the time of trouble howsoever it stand by him in life yet it will faile him in the time of death but if we can lay up our comfort joy and hope in Christ then Christ will looke upon us with a sweete and comfortable face at his comming Secondly hee looked every day for the time of Christs comming so should we doe but there is a difference hee looked for his first comming in the flesh wee must looke for his second comming Rom. 8. 22. it is said the whole creation groaneth waiting for the comming of Christ much more should wee because wee shall have especially the fruit and benefit by it Iudges 5. The mother of Sisera looked out of a window and cryed why is his chariot so long a comming why tarry the wheeles of his chariots So when wee looke out of our doores or windowes we should long for Christs comming and say when will hee come and when will hee appeare thus wee should waite for Christs comming The second point is The manner how this manifestation was by a vision or as the Greeke word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifieth by divine inspiration Christ was made manifest to the shepheards by an Angell to the Wisemen by a starre and to Simeon by a Vision Of which there are two parts First that he should not dye till he had seene Christ Hee was an old man and like to drop into his grave every day and yet he had a revelation given him that he should not dye till he had seene Christ so we should pray to God that we may have the same grace whether we bee young or old that we may not dye till we have seene Christ by the eyes of our faith for we have more cause to doe so than Simeon for if he had never seene Christ with the eyes of his body he might have beene blessed though he had wanted this comfort but if we doe not see him before we dye we are like to perish therefore we have much more cause to desire and pray God that we may see Christ before we dye before we bee downe in the dust and sleepe our long sleepe saith old Iaakob when his sonne Ioseph sent for him I will goe and see my Sonne Ioseph before I dye so a Christian should say I will goe and see Christ before I dye The second part of the vision was that he must goe into the Temple because Christ was to bee found there before Christ came there he was in the townes why did not Simeon goe out to meete him in the streets or why did not he goe to Bethlehem to see Christ as the shepheards did There be two reasons of it First that Christ might bee the more famously knowne secondly to teach us that if we will see Christ we must come into the Temple to the place of preaching and prayer for the Gospell as I have shewed you is a glasse wherein if we looke wee shall see Christ and all his graces even as Simeon did come by a motion of the Spirit so if wee would come to see Christ in the Temple we must come by a motion of the Spirit and of grace many come to the Temple but how come they by a motion of their friends or some other thing that mooveth them but let us come by a motion of the Spirit and then we shall see Christ to our comfort Thirdly the effects of the manifestation and they are threefold first as soone as he was come into the Temple he laid hold on Christ Simeon was an old man and had much adoe to scramble thither and yet hee was not contented to looke upon Christ and see him in the armes of Ioseph and in the lap of Mary but hee gets him into his owne armes embraces him and blesseth God that he lived to see these happy daies so must wee doe not content our selves to see Christ in
before him clothed with our sinnes this made him afraid Secondly He was afraid of death which was neere at hand Now he was not afraid of death as it was a dissolution of nature a separation of the soule from the body but as it was joyned with the curse of God But let us consider these two causes of his feare a little better and we shall finde good matter of instruction in them First he was afraid to stand before God in judgement clothed and apparelled with our sinnes this was a strange thing that he which was the Sonne of God and the brightnesse of the glory of God should now be afraid to stand before God Now if he were afraid how much more may we be to stand before God in judgement to come before him in prayer to appeare in his holy presence If the Sonne of God was afraid then much more may we Indeed if we have repented for our sinnes carried them over unto Christ and doe beleeve in him then we may boldly stand before God in judgement and come before him in prayer and approch into his holy presence when we may say as David doth Psalm 26. Prove me O Lord and trie my wayes but if we have not repented of our sins nor carried them unto the shoulders of Christ if we doe not beleeve in him then we have just cause to be afraid Gen. 3. When Adam had committed but one sinne he was afraid to come before God in judgement and therefore hid himselfe If Adam was so afraid when he had committed but one sinne how much more should we be to come before him having committed many great and grievous sinnes therefore howsoever we may carry away the matter closely and be quiet in our consciences for a time yet if God should but bring his judgements upon us or death so that we come to appeare before God then we shall quake and tremble as Dan. 5. we see Belshazzar did who whilest he was making himselfe merry drinking and abusing the holy vessels of God and the hand-writing did but appeare on the wall quaked exceedingly so that his countenance was changed his thoughts troubled the joynts of his loynes were loosed his knees smote one against another Even so howsoever the wicked may be at peace and quiet a little while yet if God set up a throne of judgement then they will quake and be afraid to come before him In the Revelation we may see how the brave fellowes and gallant lads of this world and the great captaines howsoever they could carry away the matter and be at quiet for a little time when God sets up a tribunall seat to judge them they runne into caves and dens and desire the hils and mountaines to fall upon them to hide them from the presence of God So howsoever we may be at quiet for a time if we have not repented for our sinnes If God come to judge us we shall quake and tremble and desire the hils and mountaines to fall upon us and to hide us from the presence of God Secondly Christ was afraid of death which was neere at hand So Heb. 5. 7. Christ is said in the dayes of his flesh when he had offered up prayers and supplications with strong crying and teares unto him that was able to save him from death It appeares he was afraid of death in that he prayed against it I but was Christ afraid of death we see that in the Revelation many of the Saints of God loved not their lives but did willingly embrace death And Act. 20. the Apostle Paul was not onely readie to bee bound for the name of God but to die for it And therefore wee see many of the people of God were not afraid of death how then was Christ afraid of it I answer that death may be considered two ways 1. As it is a dissolution of nature and a separation of the soule from the bodie 2. As it is joyned with the curse and wrath of God Now Christ was not afraid of death as it was a separation of the soule from the bodie but as it was joyned with the wrath and curse of God thus as it is a curse every man hath cause to be afraid of it but if it be joyned with the favour and love of God then we have no cause of feare Iohn 8. Christs threatens the Iewes that they should die in their sins Oh it is a fearful thing when men die in their sinnes under the wrath and curse of God unrepentant for them There is a great cause why such should be afraid of death a number of people there be that are contented to die and yet they are covetous persons vile livers swearers and drunkards but I tell thee if thou hast not repented for thy sinnes hast not caried them unto Christ and applied his righteousnesse unto thee thou hast great cause to be afraid of death Pull the sting out of the serpent and thou mayst put him into thy bosome but if thou let his sting alone be will sting thee So death hath a sting as 1 Cor. 15. 55. which is sinne therefore let this sting be taken away and then we have no cause to be afraid of death But Revel 20. 14. Death is said to goe before and Hell to follow after so that Hell is the tayle of Death and therefore wee have good cause to bee afraid thereof Bernard saith If thou hast put away all shame which appertaineth to so noble a a creature as thou art if thou feele no sorrow as carnall men doe not yet cast not away feare which is found in every beast Wee offer to load an Asse yet hee cares not for it though wee weary him out because he is an Asse but if thou wouldst thrust him into the fire or into a ditch he would avoid it as much as hee could for that hee loveth life and feareth death feare thou then and be not more insensible than a beast feare death feare judgement feare hell The second Affliction that wrought in Christ was heavinesse and sorrow and this not a common or an ordinary but a dreadfull sorrow Now what was the cause that Christ was thus sorrowfull I answer there were three causes of it First because he saw the face of God discomfortably to looke upon him which was wont to shine upon him with an amiable and loving countenance he that was wont to looke so sweetly upon him now to see him as an angry Iudge and not as a loving Father This was it that made him sorrowfull and heavie The Scribes and Pharisees looked upon him angerly yet he was never moved at it but when hee seeth Gods angry countenance towards him this did more touch him than all the bodily paines that hee felt for hee never complained of the spickes and nailes that were thrust into his hands and feet nor of his whipping or buffetting but when he saw Gods angry
suffer of good but of bad men divers bee well enough contented to suffer of good men as David Psalm 141. Let the righteous smite me Lord and that shall bee good for me but for drunkards and vile persons to doe it they cannot endure it Oh say some men if they had been good men that had done it it would never have grieved us but to suffer of such bad men as they this trouble us well but we must be contented to suffer of the basest sort wee see sometimes it fals out that a noble man suffers at the hand of a baser man than himselfe to have his head taken off but he knowes that his power is directed by a greater power than his which makes him submit himselfe to suffer so many times a Christian may suffer at the hands of one baser than himselfe but hee must know that the power that he doth it by is directed by a power farre greater than his owne Now that which Christ suffered of men may bee considered in three things 1. His apprehension 2. His arraignement 3. His condemnation In the apprehension of Christ we observe foure things 1. The place where 2. The time when 3. His preparation for it 4. The meanes and manner of it First the place where Christ was apprehended the text saith In the Garden not in the city for there is a specification of the place and that is in the garden Of which there be three Reasons why Christ was apprehended in the garden First because sinne began in the garden the first Adam did begin sinne there that as a learned man saith where the wound began there the medicine might begin also Secondly because the garden was the place where Christ had prayed and meditated in and therefore he would be apprehended there teaching us all herein this most excellent instruction that it is a good thing when death or danger comes that it findes us in the place where we have repented of our sinnes and most constantly walked with God by holy meditation and prayer where we have prayed to God and humbled our selves so Dan. 6. wee see that his accusers did not onely finde him in the place but in the act of prayer this also gave comfort to Saint Paul in his trouble Act. 24. 18. that He was found in the Temple as if hee should say O Lord I thanke thee that I was not found in the place of drunkennesse of dishonesty and prophanenesse but in the Temple the place of prayer When Ioseph and Mary sought for Christ Luke 2. among their kindred they could not finde him there but they sought him in the Temple and there they found him so if any seeke for us it were good that we were found in the Temple in the place of preaching prayer and holy duties but I feare me if some were to be sought for they should not finde them in the Temple nor in the place of prayer but idle at home or a swaggering at the alehouse in places of drunkennesse and prophanenesse when Elias 1 King 19. was come into the cave there came a voyce unto him What dost thou here Elias thou art a Prophet of God this is not a fit place for thee to be in so when men are in prophane places of disorders the Spirit of God comes to them by the motions of it and saith What dost thou here thou art a Christian this is not a fit place for thee to be here therefore as Christ was found in the place of meditation and prayer when hee was apprehended so we should labour to be found when death and danger comes in the place where we have repented of our sinnes and where we have prayed in Thirdly because it was a knowne place to Iudas for Iesus resorted thither with his Disciples to shew that Christ went willingly to his death for if hee had not been willing hee would have gone to some other place more secret at other times hee shunned death but now hee was willing to dye which should teach us that so long as God would have us to live we should be contented to live and when he would have us to dye we should also be contented to dye when wee perceive the houre and the time is I have shewed you heretofore that if a merchant hath sent his servant to trade and traffique beyond the sea so long as his master will have him trade hee trades but when his master will have him pack up all and come away he doth so thus must a Christian doe so long as God will have us to trade here in this world wee should bee contented but when he will have us pack up all and returne we should be contented to doe so too Secondly The time when Christ was apprehended when his houre was come so Ioh. 19. 28. When Iesus knew all things were fulfilled of him addressed himselfe to dye So hee saith Luk. 22. 53. When I was dayly in the Temple yee tooke mee not but this is your houre hee was in danger many times and yet there was none that touched him because his houre was not yet come This is an excellent comfort to a Christian that there is no man can doe him any harme or take away his life till the very time come that God hath appointed So saith David Psal 31. My times are in thy hands as if he should say if they were in the hands of mine enemies then it might come shortly or if they might take me unawares but my time is in thy hands therefore untill our time be come there is no man can doe us any harme though they rage and take on nay all the devils in hell are not able to doe us any hurt or take away our lives till the very houre be come that God hath appointed Thirdly Christs preparation for it he did prepare and strengthen himselfe by prayer and meditation Now as he strengthened and prepared himselfe for his apprehension so wee should prepare our selves for the time of our death for if Christ which was the Sonne of God prepared himselfe much more ought wee for he was strong and full of holy courage and magnanimity wee poore and weake and besides that hee knew the time when hee should die the place where and the manner how but we are ignorant of all First we know not the time when whether in the day or night when we are yong or old whether this yeere or the next Secondly wee know not the place where whether we shall dye amongst our friends or foes whether in the fields or in the house whether on the sea or on the land Thirdly we know not the manner how whether wee shall dye sodainely or of a lingring disease of the plague or of the feaver therefore seeing we know none of these we ought to prepare our selves to repent of our sinnes to get faith patience and obedience so to further our reckoning for if Christ prepared himselfe
clothes so we rather than lose the peace of our conscience let all other things fall to the ground As a man in a shipwracke hee never thinkes of his losses but is well contented if hee can save his life hee is thankfull to God and rejoyceth that he himselfe hath escaped so when the time of trouble and persecution is let us not thinke of our losses if we can escape with the peace of our conscience let us bee thankfull to God it is the course of the world that if any strange disease fall upon their children or their cattell they say they are bewitched when as indeed it is their sinnes that doth bewitch them and what doe they then say they have been damnified by a bad witch therefore they must goe to a good witch to have helpe and sometimes they doe so losing thereby the peace of their consciences but rather than we should doe so let us lose children and cattell and all before we lose Gods favour and the peace of conscience Matth. 10. our Saviour saith to his Disciples Bee yee wise as Serpents Now this is the wisdome of the Serpent that he will take a wound any where rather than on his head because life lieth there so rather than we should lose Christ let us lose all because Christ is our life Thus this young man teacheth us wisdome who rather than hee would betray Christ lost his garments and ran away SERMON XVII MARKE 14. 55 56. And the Chiefe Priests and all the Councell sought for witnesse against Iesus to put him to death and found none For many bare false witnesse against him but their witnesse agreed not together THe Apprehension of Christ we spake of the last day Now wee are to speake of his Arraignement for though Christ might have beene killed in the tumult yet he was preserved In the Arraignment of Christ we observe three things 1. The persons before whom he was Arraigned 2. The causes for which he was Arraigned 3. The manner of his Arraignment First The persons before whom he was arraigned Annas and Caiphas the two high Priests it is worth our observation that these Priests were gathered together early in the morning for they could not be at rest till they had apprehended and condemned him no question there were a number of other Priests with them at the same time who would not in all probabilitie have beene hired for any money to come out of their warme beds to have done good but to condemne Christ they are up all night and that a cold night too so it is a corruption still that men cannot abide to sit up about any good duties of religion to repent of their sinnes to pray to God to speake of good things then they are asleepe straight but to sit up long at dice and cards and other pastimes this is their delight Luke 5. we see the Disciples when they were fishing they could hold out and not sleepe but when they came to pray with Christ in the Garden they were straight asleepe and there also Matth. 26. Iudas he slept not but was busie about his market with the Priests consulting to take him it is said of such Prov. 4. 16. That they cannot sleepe except they have done evill and their sleepe departeth except they cause some to fall Now this diligence in the Priests should teach us diligence in the performing of good duties for if they would spend whole nights to bring their wicked purposes to passe oh how diligent should we be to performe service to God Marke 1. 35. we see our Saviour arose early in the morning to pray and yet how slow are wee who cannot get up an houre after Sunne in the morning to performe good duties Secondly the causes why Christ was arraigned were three first that wee might not be arraigned and condemned as the day of judgement for he stood in our roome interposed himselfe for us and was contented to be taken of the Iewes to be led away arraigned and condemned and to dye for us therefore a Christian beleever may have comfort that seeing Christ was arraigned for him before men hee shall not be arraigned before God as Rom. 8. 1. There is no condemnation to them that are in Christ Iesus c. and againe in the same Chap. vers 35. Who shall lay any thing to the charge of Gods chosen It is God that justifieth who shall condemne so Ioh. 3. He that beleeveth in me shall not perish but shall have everlasting life therefore if we beleeve we have a certificate from God that wee shall not bee condemned when the devill is ready to accuse us and to say thou art a vile sinner and thou must come before God to bee arraigned and condemned for thy sinnes we must not deny the matter but say it is true Sathan I am a great and grievous sinner against God but Christ was arraigned and condemned for me and though I suffer not in my owne person yet Christ hath for me and therefore it shall not be required at my hands Secondly that he might have compassion and pitty on them that suffer and be arraigned for good causes as Heb. 4. 15. saith the Apostle For we have not an high Priest that cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities but was in all things tempted in like sort as we are yet without sinne therefore seeing Christ was arraigned doe not thou doubt but if thou bee arraigned for a good cause Christ will releeve thee and shew compassion on thee as Pauls experience was 2 Tim. 4. 17. And I was delivered out of the mouth of the Lion c. This hath made good men confident to hold out in trouble as Dan. 3. when the king would have had the three Children to have worshipped the image which hee had made say they we are not carefull to answer thee in this matter behold our God whom we serve is able to deliver us so Act. 4. when the Apostles were brought before the governors and forbidden to preach they said They could not but speake the things they had heard and seene therefore as Saint Cyprian saith a Christian may be killed but cannot be overcome because he that is in them is greater than he that is in the world Thirdly that we might set up a throne in our owne hearts and arraigne our selves of sinne for Christs arraignement must teach us to arraigne sinne as he was killed so we must kill sinne as Christ was buried so wee must bury sinne to which purpose it is said 1 Cor. 11. 31. If we would judge our selves we should not be judged of the Lord so our judgement is to prevent the judgement of the Lord. Thus many good men have in holy Scripture arraigned themselves as Iob If saith he I should justifie my selfe yee then would condemne me David 2 Sam. 24. 17. It is I that have sinned but these sheepe what have they done so the Church
ashamed to looke on their fathers face so we should goe to Christ with the greatest humilitie and the most shamefastnesse In that we be the men and women that lay such a load on him Secondly To teach us that if wee suffer with Christ wee must goe out of the gates and out of Ierusalem That is wee must goe out of our pleasures and our sinnes to suffer with Christ as the Apostle saith Christ suffered without the gate so let us goe forth of the campe bearing his reproach many an one can be contented to have their part in the sinne offerings of Christ but they will not go out of the campe out of their sinnes pleasures profits and be contented to beare the reproach of Christ But we have heard Christ suffered without the gate that we should follow him and come out of our sinnefull pleasures and profits therefore let us bee obedient and doe so Wee see Hebr. 11. that Moses is commended for that he esteemed the rebuke of Christ greater riches than the treasures of Egypt and therefore as Mephibosheth said of Ziba 2 Sam. 19. 30. Yea let him take all seeing my Lord the king is come againe in peace unto his owne house I will never strive for it but let him have it it is enough for me that the king liveth so we should say Let the world take their pleasures their profits c. I will leave that to the world I will not strive for that it is enough that Christ is my glory and that I shall be partaker with him of eternall Happinesse Thirdly to teach us that the casting out of Christ out of the earth from Ierusalem and out of the societie of men is the bringing of us into the society of God and his blessed Angels Christ suffered without the gate therefore when we see that hee suffered without the gate and was cast out of the earthly Ierusalem wee must consider it is the bringing of us into the heavenly for as he was cast out of the one so we are brought into the other by the Angels at the day of Iudgement The first Adam lost the earthly Paradise and the second Adam hath purchased for us the heavenly Paradise where we shall eate of the Tree of life that is in the middest of it and of the hidden Manna that is spoken of Revel 2. as Ionah 1. 12. saith unto the men that were in the ship in the great distresse that fell upon them when the Sea was troublesome Take me up and cast me into the sea so shall the Sea be calme unto you so Christ said to the Father in the great distresse of all mankinde Take mee and cast mee into the Sea away with mee unto the crosse fling me into the grave cast me from the societie of men and so shall heaven and earth and hell be at peace with you and God pacified and pleased with you and as Cantic 3. 11. Salomon saith Come forth yee daughters of Ierusalem and behold king Salomon crowned with the crowne wherwith his mother crowned him so we are called out to behold Christ hanging on the crosse on mount Calvary crucified and killed for thy sinnes Secondly the particular place is Calvarie or Golgotha the place of mens skuls Now some thinke it was so called because Adam was buried there where his skull being found it gave name to the place But this opinion Saint Ierome refutes as a fable some againe thinke it was called Calvary because it was made round like a skull Othersome thinke it was called Golgotha because it was the place of execution where commonly malefactors suffered and where were left the bones and skuls of such as were executed which opinion I incline to Now this wee see could not chuse but be a very infamous loathsome and fearefull place in which Christ was put to death which may teach us these two things the desert of our sinnes that we deserve to die in the infamous loathsome and fearefull places that may bee to have all the disgrace that can be put upon us indeed in regard of men it may bee wee doe not deserve it but in regard of God we doe for as Christ died in Golgotha so we deserve not onely to die in Golgotha but to die in Hell for ever and ever therefore whereas wee would have honour put upon us at our death and desire to be as much graced as may be we must thinke of this that Christ died in Golgotha in a lothsome place to shew the desert of our sinnes that we doe deserve to die in the disgracefullest places that may bee Secondly Christ died in such a disgracefull place to purchase and procure a better place for us to die in he died in the fields that we might dye in our beds amongst the Priests and Pharises and his enemies that we might dye amongst our friends he on the crosse that wee might dye in ease and comfort for his condemnation is our acquiting his death our life his paines our ease It is an observation that if a Bee hath stung any one thing it can sting no more though it make a buzzing and a great noyse so it is with death which having stung Christ hath now left her sting in the body of Christ therefore though death may keepe a buzzing and adoe about a Christian yet he can doe him no hurt because he hath left his sting in his sacred body therefore the Apostle 1 Cor. 15. 35. triumphs over death saying O death where is thy sting O grave where is thy victory O death I will be thy death O grave I will be thy destruction Heb. 2. 14. Forasmuch as the Children were partakers of flesh and blood hee also tooke part with them that hee might destroy through death him that had the power of death that is the devill The fourth point was The maner how now before they did nayle him to the crosse they gave him vinegar to drinke mingled with gall so Saint Matthew but Marke saith they gave him wine mingled with myrrh now how can these two agree together I answer the one speakes of the quality of it and the other of the substance Matthew speaketh of the qualitie Marke of the substaine for indeed it was wine in substance but sowre wine as sowre as vinegar and it was myrrh yet as bitter as gal in respect of the quality for it was a marvellous distastfull and bitter cup which they gave Christ to drinke one would not have given it to any man what was the reason that they gave him this some say it was to take away the sense and feeling of his paine but it cannot be so for there be two reasons against it first because the Iewes had no such intent to ease him but rather to afflict him secondly there is no such operation in the things for wine is a comforter of the vitall spirits the heart and braine other thinke the reason
spirituall grace to cover our soules with for Christ was not so naked in the sight of men as we be naked in the sight of God every man can see the nakednesse of his bodie and can complaine of that but they cannot see the nakednesse of their soules according to that which the Spirit of God saith Revel 3. 17. Thou sayest I am rich and inclosed with goods and have no need of any thing and knowest not that thou art wretched and miserable and poore and blind and naked Thirdly seeing Christ was naked on the crosse this his nakednesse doth serve to purchase and procure clothing for thee therefore Christ was naked on the crosse in the sight of men that thou shouldest not be found naked in the sight of God but that thou mayest stand with comfort before God at the day of judgement covered with the righteous robe of Christ Iesus The fourth thing observed in the manner of Christs crucifying was That he was crucified betweene two theeves and he was numbred amongst the wicked they did hang him in the middle as if he were the chiefe of them Whereby we learne first as it was the portion of Christ to be accounted and numbred amongst the wicked so it is the portion of Gods people to be numbred amongst the wicked still to this day Secondly seeing Christ was crucified betweene two theeves this must teach us wisely to distinguish betweene the crosse of Christ and the crosses of the theeves for although the punishment was alike yet the cause was not alike for Christ he died an innocent man but they died worthily for that which they had done and even so heere wee must learne to distinguish betweene the punishment of the godly and of the wicked for many times taste of the same punishment but the cause is not alike Yet let us beware of Popish superstitions which so admire the crosse outwardly that they eate out the life of all internall devotion thereby and to this end let us take notice of these five falsehoods in their Crucifixes First they picture Christ hanging on the crosse whereas he stood on his feet and wee have great authority for it as Irenaeus Iustine Martyr Gregory and Bellarmine all these affirme hee did not hang on the crosse but stood this is the first falsehood Secondly they affirme and make the wound to bee on the right side of Christ whereas it was on the left side for when the souldlers pierced him water and blood came out of it now there is water no where about a man but at the heart for that onely wants cooling which is the office of the water about it therefore in probability it was on the left side that being neerer the heart and this is a second falsehood Thirdly they naile his feet but with one naile whereas Christ had two nailes in each foot one the Heathen could say Away with him to the crosse two nailes to naile his hands and two nailes to naile his feet and every man cannot chuse but thinke more than one naile was needfull to naile his two feet A great Iesuite was the first inventor of this doctrine and hee pictured Christ with one naile in his feete this is the third falsehood Fourthly Saint Paul saith 1 Cor. 11. Doth not even nature it selfe teach you that if a man weare long haire it is a shame to him It was not lawfull for a man to weare long haire except he were a Nazarite but they picture Christ with long shag haire Now we are to thinke that Christ would not sinne against nature for there was no sinne found in him againe he was no Nazarite after the custome of the Law though hee were of Nazareth or a Nazarene by reason of habitation or the place where hee dwelt for he did drinke wine and strong drinke which was not lawfull for the Nazarite to doe therefore it is very probable if not certaine that Christs haire was short this is the fourth falsehood Fifthly all the Evangelists say that the titles that were set over the head of Christ were written in Hebrew Greeke and Latine but in their crucifixes it is written in Latine onely this is the fifth falsehood So that wee see they are so farre from the true power and vertue of the crosse of Christ a● they have not a true forme of it therefore doe thou whosoever thou art leaving these dead images labour in the crosse of Christ to crucifie the immoderate care of the things of this life thy covetousnesse thy impatience thy sinfull anger thy uncleanenesse and though thou have no woodden crosse nor no stone crosse as the Papists have yet this crosse shall be thy comfort and joy in life and death The fifth point is The behaviour of Christ on the crosse which of all other is most worthy to be considered for though he did cary himselfe holily and patiently the graces of God being fully seen in him in his life time yet especially they did shine most bright and cleerely when he came to dye for as the starres doe shine brightest in the darkest nights so the vertues and graces of Christ did shine brightest when he was upon the crosse Now this carriage of Christ upon the crosse must teach us especially to looke to our behaviour in our crosses for although a Christian mans speeches actions and behaviour should be seemely and holy at all times there being no time wherein wee should not walke worthy of a Christian calling yet especially when hee is upon the crosse as it were then he must shew all his Christian vertues and holy graces for saith one such as a man is in trouble such he is indeed because then for the most part he cannot deissmble when trouble is upon him as he may at other times when he is in peace let one put water into a glasse if the water be cleere shake and joggle the glasse and there is nothing but cleere water seene but if there bee mud or dregges in the bottome if then you shake it it will flie all abroad and easily appeare so if a mans affections be pure stirre and shake him and there will nothing appeare but that which is pure but if there bee dregges or mud in the bottome sinnes or corruptions then shake and stirre him and all will fly about and be seene I have shewed you heretofore that the devill is like a dog whose quality is if a man let fall a bone or give him any thing when hee is at meat with him then the dogge will wait for more but if hee give him nothing let fall no bone or crumme the dogge will waite no longer he will seeke him a new master so the devill doth if a man bee in trouble afflicted with crosses hee will waite to see if a bad word or action doe escape if wee let fall any then he will waite still but if none fall the devill will seeke him a
extremitie as theirs was that we are readie to die presently yet because sentence is passed upon us for as the Apostle saith Rom. 8. The body is dead because of sinne let us though death hath not already taken the castle and tower of our hearts yet seeing hee is entered within the walls and suburbs of the citie let us I say therefore be carefull to feare God and to walke conscionably before him for we know not how soone death will take the tower and the castle of our hearts and then we must come to judgement This use Isaak made of this uncertaintie of life I am old saith hee and I know not the day of my death come and let my soule blesse thee before I die so because wee know not the time of our deaths how soone we must come to judgement therefore before we stirre or move a foot let us labour to repent us of our sinnes and convert and turne to God Thirdly Out of what affection he did it out of love to doe good to him for this is the nature of one that is truely converted to draw others to Christ So we see Iohn 1. 41. Andrew said to Simon We have found the Messias which is by interpretation the Christ And Iohn 4. 28. The woman of Samaria when she had beene talking with Christ goeth into the Citie and sayth to the men Come see a man which tould me all things that I ever did Is not this the Christ and so many came to be beleevers In nature we see all naturall things desire to make other things like themselves as fire doth desire to make all thigns that comes neere it fire so water and other living things when they be come to strength of nature then they beget things like unto themselves as a man to beget a man a beast a beast like to himselfe even so it is with a Christian he will labour to make others like to himselfe when he comes to his strength and ripenesse indeed in his weaknesse he doth not but when he commeth to his strength he labours to make others like to himselfe Secondly The confession of his sinne and the punishment due thereunto for first he doth not say thou art here justly to receive things worthy of that thou hast done but hee brings or takes in himselfe Wee are indeed righteously here for we receive the due reward of our deeds This is a note of a man truely converted to God to confesse his sinnes to shame himselfe and give glory to God So if men be converted to God they will not talke of other mens sinnes but they will inclose themselves with others and make confession of their owne sins also therefore when men cloake and hide their sinnes it is a shrewd signe that they are not soundly converted Secondly he confesses that all these punishments and judgements of God are justly upon them this is a good signe of a man that is truly converted to God to cleere the justice of God as the Church Micha 7. 9. I will beare the wrath of the Lord because I have sinned against him untill he p●●d my cause c. So Ezek. 20 43. saith the Prophet speaking of sound conversion And there shall ye remember your wayes and your workes wherin ye have bin defiled and you shall loath your selves in your owne sight for all th● evils which ye have committed So we must labour to cleere the justice of God in all our punishments that befall us therefore when men will wrangle and dispute with God and doe not labour to beare with patience the judgements of God that doe befall them it is a signe that such an one is not rightly converted unto God Thirdly His apologie and defence for Christ But this man saith he hath done nothing misse when every man was against him the Governour souldiers and Iewes this poore Theefe could not be silent This is a signe of true conversion when men can beare any thing concerning themselves with patience and silence but if it be against God and his honour they cannot beare it this affection was in Moses for it is said that hee was the meekest man on earth when things concerned himselfe but when the people committed idolatry hee brake the Calfe in peeces and stamped it and made them to drinke of it and he commanded every man to put his sword by his side and to kill his brother Which must teach us that every man in his owne quarrell must bee silent But when the cause concernes God then silence is dangerous and a very great sinne against God Fourthly The prayer that hee made was Lord remember mee when thou commest into thy kingdome The other theefe desires to have his body saved to have his paines asswaged and mitigated of which because hee was not eased hee railed on Christ but this Theefe did not desire to have his body saved or his paines mitigated or to have the nailes and spickes pulled out of his hands and feet but he was contented to suffer any paine he cares not what become of his body so his soule may be saved and he may come into Gods kingdome Which must teach us that when we come to die wee should not take care of our bodies but for our soules Lord remember my soule I beseech thee give mee the truth of thy faith give me patience let my body feele and suffer what it may yet let my soule be saved and bring it into thy kingdome and then no matter what become of my body any thing shall content me SERMON XXII LVKE 23. 39 40 41 42 43. And one of the evill doers which were hanged railed on him saying If thou bee the Christ save thy selfe and us But the other answering rebuked him saying Fearest thou not God seeing thou art in the same condemnation And we indeed righteously for wee receive the due reward of our deeds but this man hath done nothing amisse And he said Lord remember mee when thou commest into thy Kingdome And Jesus said unto him Verely I say unto thee To day shalt thou be with me in Paradise IN these words wee proposed two things to bee considered first the occasion of the speech secondly the speech it selfe the occasion of the speech was upon the conversion of the theefe at the time of his death Now in the conversion of the theefe wee consider three things first the party that was converted secondly the time when hee was converted thirdly the effects and fruits of his conversion from whence we then spake of many things we will not now repeate but come directly unto that which followes The fourth thing wee began to speake of was his prayer hee made unto Christ in that extremity wherein two things are to be considered 1. The ground of his prayer 2. The prayer it selfe The ground of his prayer is threefold first that hee was perswaded he had a kingdome prepared for him howsoever hee
fa●le as we see many times men fall in the Streetes by reason of the want thereof according to that Lament 4. 4. where it is said The tongue of the sucking Childe cleaveth to the roofe of his mouth for thirst Thirdly Extremitie of griefe and sorrow that was upon him for mans sin for the Schoolemen say that a sorrowfull heart drieth up the bones And these were the Naturall causes of his thirst All which was to shew that it was not a light matter to redeeme us but it cost him a great deale of pains and sorrow Therefore we must take heed we doe not cast away that for a little ease pleasure or profit that cost so much to redeeme us The Morall causes were First hee thirsted that we might not thirst for such is our sinfulnesse that we deserve not when wee lie on our sicke beds and come to die to have a drop of wine nay we are not worthy of a drop of wine to refresh us nor of cold water to coole us wee that have so many pots to drinke by the pound or by the dozens by the yard the time may come that we cannot have a drop of water to coole us with We see the rich gluiton that in all probability had his tasters and all varietie of daintiest dishes and rarest wines to please his palate in this life being in Hell desires but a droope of water to coole him and could not have it and this is the desert of our sinnes But Christ thirsted that wee might not thirst And therefore wee may say O blessed bee God for the thirst of Christ for it hath procured many a sweete drop for us The second cause that Christ thirsted was to fulfill a Scripture This is a point very observable that all that Christ did was to fulfill the Scriptures which is a phrase very common through the whole Booke of God I will instance onely in the Gospell by Saint Matthew Christ was borne of a Virgin to fulfill the Scripture chap. 1. 22. So also he was borne at Bethlehem chap. 2. 5. He dwelt in Nazareth vers ult Went and dwelt in Capern●um chap. 4. 13. onely to fulfill the Scripture and so in many other places both of this and the other Evangelists it is said Christ did so and so that the Scriptures might bee fulfilled whence wee learne this point of instruction That all that Christians doe must be to fulfill a Scripture wee must not looke to our owne ease and to our owne content but wee must carrie our eye to the Scripture to fulfill that This must be the reason why we read why wee heare the Scriptures or come to heare the Word preached why we pray and come to Church why we doe give to the necessitie of the Saints and why we doe the duties of our Callings all to fulfill the Scriptures As Marriners when they be at Sea howsoever the windes blow here and there yet looke to their Card and Compasse and eye that because it is their direction so Christians must doe how ever the winds blow here and there yet they must eye the Scriptures because it is their direction and keepe close to them when prophane wretches the sons of Belial be swilling and drinking doe they eye the Scriptures doe they that they doe to fulfill the Scriptures No verily except it be this Scripture in the 1 Corinth 10. 7. They sate downe to eate and drinke and rose up to play or this Iob 21. 13. They spend their dayes in wealth and suddenly goe downe to the grave so they shall have but small comfort of such fulfilling the Scriptures But let us fulfill the Scriptures as Christ did and then wee shall have comfort in life and death He fulfilled many Scriptures before and had but this one to fulfill so that hee could not be at rest till hee had fulfilled it So when we have fulfilled many Scriptures and be upon our sicke beds if there come one more into our mindes there is such a Scripture to be fulfilled such a neighbor to be reconciled unto or there is some wrong to be righted we should not bee at rest till wee have done it It is the manner of the World if they have fulfilled one or two Scriptures they take a dispensation for the rest if they come to Church in the forenoone they thinke they neede not come in the afternoone If they pray in the morning they may live loosely all the day after If they have done one dutie or two they have done enough But a Christian must doe all the Scripture commands and have an eye to all the commandements of God to doe them As David did I have respect to all thy Commandements and Psa l me 18. for saith he His Lawes are before mee and I did not cast away his Commandements Therefore if a man hath done a number of good duties that the Lord commands him and he remembers one thing that hee hath not done he must labour to doe it for we must not make conscience of some duties and neglect others but ought to make conscience of all the Commandements of God The third cause is that by his thirst wee might learne to be a thirst for all the Actious of Christ on the Crosse are for our example Therefore as Christ thirsted for water so we should thirst for the Spirit of grace As he said I thirst so a Christian man must say O good neighbour I thirst but what dost thou thirst for not for wine and strong beare but I thirst for Iesus Christ for sanctified graces faith repentance the pardon of my sinnes for Heaven and happinessse and for Gods favour Augustine saith there be divers thirsts in the world some thirst after wine strong drink some after goods and lands some after honour and preferment some after pleasure and some after blood But thou O man doe thou thirst after Heaven and happinese be athirst for Gods favour for the pardon of thy sinnes and for righteousnesse and then thou shalt bee satisfied for our Saviour saith Blessed are they that hunger and thirst after righteousnesse for they shall be satisfied Indeede there bee a number of Christians in the World every one of whom hath his thirst the covetous man after his goods the hatefull man for revenge but the Christian man he must thirst for Gods favour So David saith My soule thirsteth after thee c. therefore howsoever the men of the world thirst after lands and livings thou that art a Christian must thirst after Iesus Christ and for the pardon of thy sins and thou shalt bee satisfied when they with the rich glutton in Hell shall thirst and have not a droppe of water to refresh them or coole them Secondly how Christ carried himselfe in his thirst hee complained and cryed out and said I thirst which may teach us that the people of God are not stockes and blockes but they have sense and
ease that they never regard it Therefore it must bee every mans care seeing salvation is finished by Christ to apply and lay hold of it Thirdly seeing salvation and redemption is finished and perfected by Christ we may see what a hatefull and a detestable doctrine the doctrine of Poperie is for they say that every one may finish his redemption without Christ and merit something at the hand of God by his owne workes Notwithstanding all the paines that Christ suffered to redeeme man and so they make the worke of mans redemption of none effect nay the moderatest of them saith that salvation is begunne in Christ but they must finish and perfect it in themselves whereas the Scriptures doth attribute all to Christ onely as Heb. 7. 25. Wherefore he is able also to the uttermost to save them that come unto God by him seeing he ever liveth to make intercession for them and Heb. 10. 14. For with one offering hath he consecrated for ever them that are sanctified so then wee may see that Christ is a perfect Saviour But why then are we commanded to worke out our salvation with feare I answere Christ hath wrought salvation by himselfe alone but we must apply it Secondly the time when he said it is finished which is to be considered in two circumstances First when hee was ready to die and to part with this world then he said It is finished and never till then as if he should say all this while it hath beene a working and a doing and now by my death it is finished Foure thousand yeeres the World was in expectation of it all the Patriarkes and Prophets have looked for it and thirtie three yeeres hee himselfe upon earth was a working of it and never till now when he comes to die to the closing of his life did he crie out It is finished Thus wee may see what a deale of labour and paines it cost Christ to redeeme us He was foure thousand yeeres a preparing it and he was three and thirtie yeeres a working it which doth shew what a great worke the worke of mans redemption was God was but sixe daies a making the World but he was three and thirtie yeeres a long time of redeeming it Hence let us bee instructed that when wee have spent our dayes in Prayer in hearing of the Word reading of the Scriptures in meditation and in much labour and toyle If wee can stand before God with comfort and say at the last gaspe Lord I thanke thee my salvation and redemption is finished and perfected in Christ I have laid hold on him my salvation is sure then wee may have much comfort Therefore should we not thinke much though we spend all our life time in labor and paines if we can say at the last gaspe It is finished for all our paines then are well bestowed We see the Children of Israel wandred up and downe in the Wildernesse forty yeeres together sometimes in the day and sometimes in the night sometimes they wanted bread and sometimes water and they met with fierie Serpents by the way which did sting them yet they went on still till they came to the land of Canaan so wee should bee contented much more though wee live in much trouble and affliction and doe travell in the Wildernesse of this World twentie or fortie yeeres together till we be brought to the heavenly Canaan Secondly when he had encountred with our spirituall enemies with sinne the Divell Death Hell and damnation and had overcome them had made mans salvation and had finished it though all the world were in a conspiracie against him and hee had many combates with the Divell yet he overcame all and at the last gaspe crieth out It is finished Which must teach us that although all the men in the world should conspire against us and though wee endure many temptations of the Divel yet we should breake though all and apply Christ to our selves so Revel 2. Hee that over commeth shall not be hurt of the second death and Matth. 11. 12. Hitherto the kingdome of Heaven suffers violence and the violent take it by force So that none but violent people can have Heaven this is a Metaphor taken from Souldiers that seeke to enter in upon a Towne that though the enemie come and beate them downe upon their hands and knees yet they will up againe and never give over till they have gotten their purpose So such violent people onely take the kingdome of Heaven that though they bee cast downe upon their hands and knees by the temptations of the Divell yet they should get up againe and never give over till they have gotten the kingdome of Heaven Thirdly By what actions it was finished Now it hath not relation to that which went before the giving of him vineger to drinke but to the action immediately following and how was it finished In the death of Christ So there is the consummation and finishing of mans salvation and redemption according to the testimonie of the Scriptures Heb. 2. 14. Forsomuch then as the children were partakers of the flesh and blood he also himselfe likewise tooke part with them that he might destroy through death him that had the power of death that is the Divell and that he might deliver all those who for feare of death were all their life time subject to bondage And againe the same Apostle Rom. 5. 10. For if when we were enemies we were reconciled to God by the death of his Sonne much more being reconciled we shall be saved by his life Now although the Scriptures doe attribute mans salvation and redemption to the death of Christ yet we are not to exclude his life for hee was a working of it all his life time even from his very birth to his death So we see Philip. 2. 5. He tooke upon him the forme of a servant and was made in the likenesse of men and being found in fashion as a man he humbled himselfe and became obedient unto the death even the death of the crosse All his life long was a preparatory and a working of it And by his death it was accomplished and finished as a man filling of a cup first by a quart then by an halfe and so till the last drop come and make the cup runne over so Christ all his life time by little and little finished mans Redemption and by his death he did perfect it which was as the last drop for all the sufferings of Christ were for mans salvation And his death was that which did finish all The use is twofold First that seeing our Redemption and salvation is finished in the death of Christ we should be thankefull for it for it is a great mercy that God hath made us reasonable creatures and hath given us eyes to see withall hands to handle and feete to goe with but it is a greater mercy that God hath
till he had done the worke of God which he came for and what was that the worke of mans salvation and redemption Christ if he had pleased he might have dyed at the very instant as soone as hee was on the crosse but hee would not because hee had not done that hee came for which may teach us the time when we should be willing to dye and that is when we have finished and perfected the worke of our salvation and redemption and have made that sure when we have repented of our sinnes and laid fast hold on Christ then we should be willing to die and never till then we see a number of men are contented to creepe out of the world but if they have not first finished their salvation and made that sure to themselves and repented of their sinnes they can have no comfort for it is a fearefull thing for a man to dye in his sinnes as our Saviour threatens the Iewes Ye shall dye in your sinnes O it is a fearefull and lamentable thing when men doe thus dye as wee heard in the forenoone out of Matth. 12. 41. that the men of Nineve shall rise up in judgement to condemne the Iewes because they repented at the preaching of Ionas when as the Iewes did not repent at the preaching of Christ for if we doe not profit by the preaching of the word and by the good meanes amongst us even dead men that have lyen rotting in their graves an hundred yeeres together shall rise up in judgement against us and condemne us therefore it is a fearefull thing for a man to dye in his sinnes old Simeon had a desire to live till he had seene Christ and when he had seene him and embraced him in his armes then he saith Lord now lettest thou thy servant depart in peace for mine eyes have seene thy salvation so wee should have a desire to live till wee had seene Christ and made heaven and happinesse sure to our selves and then when we have seene Christ by the eyes of our faith and embraced him we may bee willing to dye and to say as old Simeon said now Lord let thy servant depart in peace Thirdly The manner of his death which may bee considered two wayes 1. That it was a violent death 2. That he dyed willingly First that it was a violent death hee dyed not an easie death but a very painefull one now there be divers reasons why Christ dyed such a painefull death which I have handled before and therefore will repeat in this place onely the heads thereby to imprint them the better into your mindes First To teach us that it was not an easy matter to redeeme man for Christ must therefore dye not an easie but a violent a painefull death to redeeme us therefore Saint Ierome saith well that a man of all wounds will take heed of such as one as will aske much adoe to heale therefore seeing sin makes such a wound that Christ must dye to heale it and that such a violent and painefull death wee should bee carefull to decline it Secondly To shew the desert of our sinnes for when we come to dye wee deserve to dye the violentest and painefullest death that may bee wee doe not deserve to dye in our beds but on the crosse not amongst our friends but amongst our enemies therfore looke what death soever we dye on the most painefull and most grievous yet we may say as the Theefe said We suffer things worthy of that we have done we deserve all the extremities in death that may be Thirdly Christ dyed such a painefull death to purchase a more easie death for us hee dyed on the crosse that wee might dye in our beds amongst his enemies that we might dye amongst our friends with all extremity and paine that we might have ease and comfort in our deaths therefore looke what ease and comfort we finde in our deaths it is purchased to us by the painefull death of Christ for there was a deadly cup of poison of Gods wrath put into our hands to drinke and Christ hath taken all the malignity and sowrenesse out of it and hath given us the sweet Fourthly To sanctifie all kinds of deaths to his dying members for if any one should have dyed an easie death then we might have thought that hee onely had beene the holy man that died such a death but Christ dyed a painefull death to sanctifie all kinds of deaths to his dying members so that let the death be what it will be if one dye in Gods favour and in the pardon of his sinnes hee is a blessed and happy man as Heb. 11. it is said All these dyed in faith they dyed not all in their beds some were stoned some sawne asunder yet because they dyed all in faith they were all happy men so let us looke to our conscience and to our cause and then let the death be what it will be we are happy men the heathen men could say we would not dye on sea nor suddainely nor of such or such a disease but thou that art a Christian let thy death bee what it will if thou dye in the favour of God penitent for thy sinnes thou art a blessed and an happy man it is reported of the beasts of the wildernesse that they are afraid to drinke of the waters because they have poyson in them till the Vnicorne come and wash his horne in it so men were afraid to drinke of the bitter waters of death till this same true Vnicorne Christ Iesus had washed his blessed body in this same painefull death And these be the chiefe reasons why Christ dyed such a painefull death Secondly he died willingly for he did not only dye but it was also willingly as is shewed by two actions First in that hee bowed downe his head and then gave up the ghost Men when they dye doe first give up the ghost and then they bow downe their heads But Christ quite contrary hee first bowed downe his head even ready to meete with his death and then he gave up the ghost so it was a voluntary death that Christ died Secondly in that he cryed with a loud voyce When men dye they languish by little and little their speech failes them they rattle in the throate and so weakenesse comes upon them by little and little till their breath be quite gone But Christ at his death cryed with a loud voice so that nothing of his strength was abated to shew hee dyed voluntarily and willingly as Iohn 10. 17 18. I lay downe my life that I might take it up againe No man taketh it from me But why did Christ dye a voluntary death That it might be the more gratefull and acceptable to God For actions that be done in obedience to God and voluntarily are gratefull acceptable and more pretious than those we doe nill we will we against our mindes
and intentions therefore that Christs death might bee the more acceptable to God he died voluntarily and willingly which must teach us that if we would have our actions gratefull and acceptable to God we must do them willingly and voluntarily and if we would have our deaths acceptable to him wee must bee willing to dye when God would have us and to live when God would have us to live therefore it is a pittifull thing to see how men hang on the world when God would have them to die It is said Psal 116. 5. Pretious in the sight of the Lord is the death of all his Saints therefore when we die willingly it is pretious in the sight of God when one is not only contented to part with his pleasure goods lands wife children but also is contented that his soule and his body should part therefore if we would dye well we must dye voluntarily and willingly in obedience to God As two subjects beyond sea the king sends for them home the one he meaneth shal attend upon him upon whom he will bestow some honor and the other he will keepe in perpetuall imprisonment both these come home but there is great difference in their comming for the one commeth home joyfully but the other sorrowfully and heavily and would shift the matter if he could so the wicked and the godly live both in this world when the Lord sends for them they come both but there is a great difference in their comming for the one when he dyes hee dies with comfort because he knowes that God will bestow a crowne of life on him hee shall be in heaven and happinesse for ever but the other though hee come yet it is unwillingly if he could shift the matter he would because hee knoweth hee shall goe to a place of torment therefore if wee would dye well we must be carefull to live well The fourth thing was the manifestation of his death set forth unto us by two evidences which with your p●tience I will now handle because all hope of salvation hangeth on the death of Christ First that when the souldiers had taken the legges of the theefe and broken them they came to breake Christs but did not because he was dead before they came Secondly that a mad fellow one of the souldiers standing by did thrust a speare through the side of Christ forthwith there came forth blood and water so that if there had been left any little life in him they had done enough to have taken it away For it is a rule in Physicke that if a man be pricked in the heart with the least pricke of a pin it is present death Therefore it was a plaine evidence to the world that Christ was truely and really dead But Why did they not breake Christs legs as they did the theeves I answer for two reasons First to fulfill a Scripture that saith that a b●●e of him shall not be broken Psal 34. 20 to shew that he was the true pascall Lambe First the Pascall Lambe was male without blemish to shew that Iesus Christ he that should redeeme us should bee without any spot of sinne● Secondly as they did keepe the blood of the Lambe in a Bason and did sprinkle it on their doore posts that so the Angell of destruction might passe over their houses So we should get the blood of Christ and sprinkle our consciences with that that so the Angell of destruction might passe over us Thirdly the Iewes when they did eate the Lambe put away Leaven from them and this must teach us to put all maliciousnesse from us Fourthly they did eate the Lambe with sowre hearbes to teach us that Christ will never bee truly sweete to us unlesse wee eate him with griefe and sorrow for our sinnes Lastly they did eate the Lambe with their staves in their hands their loynes girded their shoes on their feete they did eate it in haste readie to take their journey so we must eate of Christ also that we may take our journey to Heaven and therefore must take our dinner and Supper often in this kinde feeding on him by faith Secondly to teach us that the wicked Iewes could not doe any thing to Christ but by Gods appointment They tooke Christ and did crucifie him but they could not breake a bone of him and this is a comfort to a Christian that howsoever the wicked rage and take on yet they cannot breake a bone without Gods appointment they cannot do the least thing that may be to him SERMON XXVII MATTHEVV 27. 50 51 52 53. Jesus when hee had cried againe with a loud voyce yeelded up the Ghost And behold the veile of the Temple was rent in twaine from the top to the bottome and the Earth did quake and the Rockes rent And the graves were opened and many bodies of Saints which slept arose And came out of the graves after his resurrection and went into the holy Citie and appeared unto many BEcause all the hope of salvation dependeth on the death of Christ as being the price to satisfie the justice of God for mans sinne It pleased God therefore to shew two evidences to the World that Hee was really and truly dead First that the Souldiers did not breake the leggs of Christ as they did of the Theeves because they found him dead before they came for if hee had not beene dead then as they did breake the legges of the theeves so they would have broken the legs of Christ but in that they did not it was a plaine Evidence that Christ was truely dead so that his greatest enemies gave an evidence to the World that he was truly and really dead The second was that a barbarous Souldier finding Christ dead takes a Speare and thrusts into his side neere his heart so that if there had beene but a little life left this had beene enough to have bereft it for all know that a wound at the heart is deadly if it bee but with a pricke of a pin for the blood and water comming forth of the side of Christ did shew that the Pericardium was wounded and his heart pierced Some of the schoolmen cannot tell from whence this blood and water should come as being ignorant of Anatomie others take it to bee a miraculous thing as Thomas Aquinas for he saith in other dead bodies it is not cleare blood that commeth from them but their blood is congealed and cleare water doth not run from other dead bodies but it is mixt with blood and therefore miracles did not cease in the dead body of Christ But wee neede not doubt but it is a naturall thing that blood and water did come from the side of Christ onely the manner was miraculous in it There was something that was naturall and there was something that was miraculous That which was Naturall was that blood and water that came out of the side of Christ
for as Physitians say there is a filme containing water about the heart which serves to coole it and keepe it in temper which they call Pericardium therefore Christs heart being wounded there came forth blood and water blood from the wound in his heart water from the Pericardium or filme involving the heart wherein is contained water That which was Miraculous was that the blood flowed apart by it selfe and the water apart without any mixture together therefore seeing the heart was wounded it is an Evidence to the World that Christ was truly and really dead and yet these two things had a further mystery and meaning First whereas we see the legges of Christ was not broken as the legges of the theeves were this was to teach us that all the wicked of the World could doe no more to Christ than God had appointed they could take him and buffet him and whip him and crowne him with Thornes and naile him to the Crosse and kill him at last but yet they could not breake a bone of him Hence wee may learne for our owne comfort that all the wicked in the World can doe nothing to a Christian without Gods appointment they may trouble and molest them but they cannot breake a bone of them so we see Psal 34. 20. Many are the troubles of the righteous good people may have many troubles and they may put them on the Crosse but they cannot breake a bone of them For the Lord keepeth all his bones so that not one of them shall be broken Secondly there was not a bone of him broken to shew he was the true Paschall Lambe As 1 Cor. 5. 7. Christ our Passeover is sacrificed for us as the Passeover did keepe the Israelites from the stroke of the devouring Angell so this same true Paschall Lambe doth keepe us from the wrath of God falling upon us at the day of Iudgement and as the Lambe was taken up foure dayes before they killed him So we should labour to get Christ into our hearts before death commeth The second Evidence is that water and blood did flow out of the dead body of Christ to teach us that God hath opened a fountaine of grace and life as Zecharie had foretold for sinne and for uncleanesse But what comfort have we by it Is there any power or vertue in the dead body of Christ I saith the Lord there is power and efficacie in it or from these two streames that issued out of the dead Body of Christ there is infinite comfort that doth arise as 1 Iohn 5. 6. saith hee This is that Iesus Christ that came by water and blood not by water onely but by water and blood There were two streames that did issue out of the dead Body of Christ there issued a streame of pure blood to wash away the guilt of sinne and a streame of cleare water as cleare as Chrystall to wash away the filth of our sinnes for these bee two maine things that trouble the people of God 1. The guilt of sinne binding us to punishment 2. The filth of sinne making us hatefull and loathsome in the eyes of God First therefore dost thou feele thy heart troubled with the guilt of sinne runne unto the Crosse of Christ and catch hold of some of the droppes of blood that came from the side of Christ offer them to God and say in thy meditation Lord behold the blood of thy Sonne and sprinkle it by the hand of faith upon thy Soule and Conscience and God will bee pleased and pacified with thee Secondly If thou be troubled with the filth of thy sinne runne unto the Crosse of Christ and get of the water that issued out of the side of Christ and besprinkle thy soule and conscience by the hand of faith and so thou shalt bee cleane in Gods sight To make this plaine suppose there were a man that had a foule yard who laid stones and gravell on it yet still it remained durty in which time there came a friend to him who seeing him labour in vaine to make his yard cleane gave him this Counsell saynig you have a Spring in your yard open it and it will carry all your soile and baggage away and so your yard will bee cleane So if wee finde our hearts uncleane wee must get to one of these same Springs that come out of the dead body of Christ and this will carry away all the baggage and soile this is the benefit wee have by the dead body of Christ therefore blessed be God that hath opened such a Fountaine for sinne and for uncleannesse and as David longed for the waters of the Well of Bethel 2 Sam. 23. 15. much more should wee long for the blood and water that did issue out of the side of Christ and labour for it although it be with the hazard of our peace and losse of our lives The next thing we are to speake of is Of the power of Christs death for although there seemed to be nothing therein but weaknesse yet there was power in the death of Christ for the veil of the temple was rent in twain from the top to the bottome without any hands The earth did quake and the stones rent in sunder Hammers and other instruments could not doe it but the death of Christ did it The graves did open and the dead bodies of the Saints did rise and did goe into the holy Citie and shewed themselves to many so we see there was great power in the death of Christ as great Princes and Kings and great Monarches when they live are able to doe great matters but when they dye there is no power nor might in them they are able to doe nothing never a Cloud will moove a Stone stirre or Grave open at their deaths but at the death of Christ they did Therefore this doth shew there is great power in the death of Christ First it is said that the veile of the Temple did rent in twaine from the top to the bottome Christ did hang in Mount Calvary dead and yet the power of his death did pierce into the Citie and Temple and did rent the veile without hands from the toppe to the bottome Now they which know the Scripture know that the Temple was divided in two parts in the first was the Table the Shew-bread and the Candlesticke this was called the Holy place and in the other was the golden Censer the Arke of the Testament over-laid with gold round about wherein was the golden Pot which had Manna and Aarons rod which had budded and the Tables of the Testament and over the Arke were the glorious Cherubins shadowing the Mercy seat which two places were separated by a veile Now at the death of Christ this same veile was rent in twaine from the top to the bottome whereof there be divers Reasons First That an entrance might be made into heaven by his death for this
was the golden Key that did open heaven to all true beleevers our sins did shut up heaven but the death of Christ is as a Key to open heaven therfore blessed be God for the death of Christ because he hath made heaven open to us Act. 7. 56. Steven before his death saw heaven open and Christ standing at his right hand ready to receive him So it is a sweet comfort to a Christian when he comes to die that hee seeth heaven open and Christ standing at Gods right hand ready to receive him If a man should come to a Kings Palace and finde all the doores shut and locked up fast and a friend should come and put into his hands a key that hee might goe from chamber to chamber till hee came to the Kings Presence this would be a great comfort So the death of Christ is as a golden key to open heaven to us that wee may come into the Presence-chamber of God therefore blessed be God for the death of Christ Secondly it was to shew that the Ceremoniall Law was abrogated by the death of Christ The Priests must not offer any more sacrifices for now all the ceremonies had an end and by his death is cancelled the hand-writing that was against us as it is Ephes. 2. 14 15. He is our peace who hath made both one and hath broken downe the middle wall of Partition betweene us Having abolished in his flesh the enmity even the Law of Commandements contained in ordinances for to make in himselfe of twaine one new man so making peace therefore who ever shall bring in againe any of the Leviticall ceremonies either in whole or in part he doth set up the veile that Christ hath taken downe Act. 15. 28. the Apostle saith It seemeth good to the Holy Ghost and us to lay no other burthen upon you than that which is necessary therefore it is a dangerous thing to bring in the Leviticall ceremonies againe Saint Ierome saith well Thou sayest that it is not a dangerous thing to bring in the Leviticall ceremonies but I tell thee and proclaime against thee that that man which shall bring in these ceremonies hee casteth himselfe head-long into the pit of hell The Schoole-men doe distinguish the Ceremonies into three times First as Thomas Aquinas saith there was a time when the ceremonies were profitable and that was before Christ because they were commanded of God Secondly after Christs death they were dead but not deadly till the Gospell was planted And then lastly they were both dead and deadly and therefore it is a dangerous thing to bring in these ceremonies againe in whole or in part Thirdly to shew that by that he had cancelled or torne downe the veile of our sinnes that made a separation betweene God and us that wee could not see the face of God as Esay 59. 2. But your iniquities have made a separation be● weene you and your God and your sinnes have hid his face from you that he will not heare Now they are taken downe and he hath hanged up another veile in the roome thereof that though our sinnes have hid Gods face from us yet in the death of Christ they are taken downe he having hanged up another veile in place of the other to looke thorow and behold us the veile of his flesh as Saint Paul saith Hebr. 10. 20. for when God looked on us he looked thorow the veile of Christs flesh or else if he had looked upon us in our selves there is such a deale of sinne and corruption that it would have made God to abhorre us and to that end Christ with the veile of his flesh hath covered all our sinnes as the Prophet David speakes Psal 85. 2. Thou hast forgiven the iniquities of thy people and covered all their sinnes The fourth Reason was to shew that the veile of ignorance was taken away in the Law for the Law was covered with a veile which was the reason why M●ses face was covered with a veile as Saint Paul saith 2 Cor. 3. 13. but by the death of Christ this veile is taken away in the preaching of the Gospell And therefore seeing this veile is taken away if men remaine ignorant how will they answer it at the day of judgement The Papists hang up another veile and what is that but the veile of an unknowne tongue they reade the Scriptures to the people in a tongue they doe not understand and so set up the veile againe that Christ hath taken downe therefore let them looke how they will answer this to Christ at the day of Iudgement The second thing is the rending of the stones how the stones did cleave asunder at the death of Christ which hammers and other instruments could not cleave therefore we may see what stupiditie and hardnesse of heart there is in us that the stones did cleave and the earth quake at the death of Christ and yet we are never moved nor stirred at it therefore let us pray to God that the death of Christ may bee powerfull to move and to stirre up our hearts Thirdly The graves were opened and the bodies of the Saints which slept arose and went into the holy Citie and appeared to many even men that had been dead along time that were dissolved to dust and ashes by the power of Christs death the graves did open and they did rise againe to shew us that all the Saints one day shall rise by the power of Christs death the graves shall open Death cannot keepe them downe but they shall rise againe which is an excellent comfort to a man in misery all that the world can doe is to take away life which when it is gone they turne to dust and ashes yet a time will come when the Saints shall be raised to joy and glory the graves shall be opened by the power of Christs death for as Ionas was three dayes and three nights in the Whales belly and then was cast upon the drie land when the Lord spake unto the Whale so Christ will speake to the earth to the sea and to the beasts that have devoured men and they shall give up their dead and as the graves did open by the power of the death of Christ so all the people of God at the time that God hath appointed shall have their graves opened by his power and death and their bodies shall rise by the power of Christs resurrection to everlasting happinesse and glory The next thing is The effects and fruits of Christs death whereof because I have spoken often heretofore I may bee the shorter in it at this time The first is that Christs death doth free us from eternall death Iohn 3. God so loved the world that he gave his only begotten Sonne to die for us that whosoever beleeved in him should not perish but have everlasting life So also Iohn 5. 24. Verily verily I say unto you
he that heareth my Word and beleeveth in him that sent me hath everlasting life and shall not come unto condemnation And therefore howsoever a Christian may be condemned in the court of man yet he shall not be condemned in Gods court this may be the stay of a Christian Rom. 8. the Apostle saith There is no condemnation to those that be in Christ so if a man be in Christ he is freed from eternall death Secondly The death of Christ hath freed us from the sting of death for as we have heard ever man hath a deaths cup put into his hands but Christ hath taken the sowre out of our cups and put it into his owne and we have the sweet Thirdly He hath altered the nature of death for it was a curse unto us and now he hath made it a blessing as in the Revelation Blessed are they that die in the Lord for they rest from their labours and their workes follow them Fourthly We are freed from the power of death it was seize upon us for a little season but it cannot keepe us under it is impossible that death should hold him under so it is said of Christ Act. 2. 24. He hath loosed the sorrowes of death because it is impossible he should be holden of it So it shall be with every true Christian death shall not hold them Fifthly By his death he hath destroyed the Devill sinne hell damnation and all other spirituall enemies and hath not onely conquered them for himselfe but for us therefore as Iosua when he had conquered the five Kings he called his servants and made them set their feet in their neckes So Christ will call forth his servants to set their feet on the neckes of their spirituall enemies and so make them conquerours Therefore let us lay hold on Christ if we have him we have all things and if we want him we lacke all things let us roll and wrap up our selves in the death of Christ and then his paines shall be our ease his shame our glory his life our death SERMON XXVIII IOHN 19. 38. And after this Joseph of Arimathea being a Disciple of Jesus but secretly for feare of the Iewes besought Pilate that hee might take away the body of Iesus and Pilate gave him leave hee came therefore and tooke the body of Iesus BEloved yee have beene at the buriall of many your good friends and I must intreat you to bee at one more and that is at the buriall of Christ and not so much to honour him with your presence as Christ may honour you and I must further intreate you not onely to bury Christ but to bury your selves to lay your body upon his body I meane your vile lusts and sinnes and then as Christ lay three daies in the grave and then rose againe so we shall rise at the time appointed to glory and everlasting happinesse Now in the buriall of Christ we observe divers particulars 1. What were the causes why he was buried 2. Who were the parties that buried him 3. The place where they buried him 4. The manner of his buriall 5. The fruits and effects of it The reasons why Christ was buried are in number foure first to give us further assurance of the death of Christ because all the hope of a Christian dependeth on his death as being the very price to satisfie the justice of God for mans sinne and it is as wee heard the golden key to open heaven to the true beleevers therefore there must be undoubted evidence of his death and what better can there bee than this he was buried for let a man be dead and straight way they bury him if Christ had beene alive Pilate would not have given leave to Ioseph to have taken him downe and therefore before he would give licence to bury him he enquired of the Centurion to know whether he were dead or not and finding that hee had beene dead an houre Pilate gave leave to Ioseph to take him downe and againe if Christ had not beene dead Ioseph would not have buried him because hee was a friend to Christ if there had beene but a sparke of life in him hee would not have buried him therefore this is another evidence that Christ was truely dead for men if there bee any humanity or compassion in them doe not use to bury living men but dead men therefore Abraham saith in Gen. 21. Give mee a place that I may bury my dead in so that Iosephs burying of Christ was an evidence that Christ was truely dead and Gods justice fully satisfied death and hell conquered the devill subdued and God pacified and pleased Matth 12. our Saviour saith that he will be the signe of the Prophet Ionas to them Now what was that when they were at sea there arose a great storme and the men were in danger of drowning so that they were faine to cast out their goods but when that would not doe they tooke Ionas and cast him into the sea and there was a great calme so in the generall distresse of mankinde we were all like to perish till Christ was killed and cast into the grave and then heaven and earth were at peace God was pacified and pleased therefore in all the distresses of a Christian let him goe to the grave of Christ behold him killed and crucified for thy sinnes this will make feare to fly away and comfort will spring from it Secondly that hee might conquer death in his strongest hold even in the cabbin and house of death as Iob saith Chap. 17. 13. for the grave is the house of death and there bee the chambers and roomes of death and there is the greatest power that death hath to subdue mortall men therefore Christ was buried that hee might conquer death in his strongest hold Brave Conquerours and Captaines are not contented to overcome their enemies in the field but they will pursue and follow them into their strongest holds and castles and so will conquer them there thereby to make their victory the greater so Christ did not onely conquer death on the crosse but followed him into his denne and strongest hold and overcame him there Sampsons victory was the greater that he suffered his enemies to binde him and then did breake in sunder his bands and overcame them so this made the victory the greater that Christ would suffer himselfe to be bound with the chaines of death and to be laid in the strongest hold of death yet there to overcome him Now as Christ conquered death so must every Christian conquer death not by flying and avoiding it for that we cannot doe we may not looke to doe as Henoch did goe to heaven without death but we must goe to the place of death and into his dens and conquer him there Thirdly to sanctifie and to sweeten the grave for us for in it selfe it is a place of rottennesse and filthinesse and therefore
would have beene squeamish to have taken downe the dead body of Christ in his owne armes to have soyled and foyled himselfe with the bloud that came out of his wounds but the true love hee did beare to Christ made him doe it so if there bee true love in us to Christ we will not bee squeamish to doe any meane service and duty for him and his members wee will not be squeamish to come to their sick beds to comfort and relieve them wee see a mother through the love she hath to her childe will stoope to doe any meane service and duty that another woman would be somewhat squeamish of so if there bee true love to Christ in us it will make us doe any service and duty to the meanest of Christ members even to do that which another would scorn S. Iierom saith O man when thou goest to the sicke beds of thy neighbours thou art somewhat squeamish and thou makest a sowre face at it consider with thy selfe that thou art made of the same element and the same thing that is befallen him thou mightest have suffered thinke his sorrowes and paines to be thine owne and then thou wilt not be so squeamish Secondly they were Disciples yet but weake Disciples Ioseph was a secret Disciple but for feare of the Iewes hee durst not shew his face openly in that profession and Nicodemus hee came to Christ by night now these were weake Disciples and yet in the greatest disgrace stood to Christ when Iudas had betraied Christ and Peter had denyed him and all the rest of the Disciples were fled from him which may teach us not to despise our weake brethren but to thinke humbly of our selves and to carry our selves lowly for these weake ones may stand to Christ and to the profession of holy Religion when great learned men shrinke men of great graces therefore wee should not despise our weake brethren as Paul exhorts Rom. 14. 4. who art thou that condemnest another mans servant hee standeth or falleth to owne Lord and master yea hee shall be established for God is able to make him stand Now I doe not speake this to nourish any one in his weakenesse for it is a good thing to speake boldly in the cause of Christ who saith he that denyeth me before men I will denie him before God There is a pretty story in the booke of Martyrs of two Protestants that were doctors of Divinity in the dayes of King Edward saith one of them I am afraid I shall not have courage to stand out for Religion in the time of persecution I thinke I cannot burne for Religion saith the other knowing that I doe know if I had one hundred lives I would give them and be contented to lose them in the cause of Christ well the time of persecution came and the strong man became a Papist and the weakest remained a Protestant although he did not burne for it but dyed in his bed therefore the strong must carry themselves humbly and lowly and not despise their weake brethren but pray to God that they may shew love to Christ in the time of greatest troubles Now what was it that made them performe this duty to Christ this consideration that they had heard Christ preach unto them and had not profited by it that hee was entertained into many of their houses but not into their hearts and now that thay had taken Christ and killed him if ever they will shew their love to him now they must doe it or never this consideration made them hold and stand to Christ when others did shrinke Now the same thing must worke upon us the like effect we have heard the Gospell a long time yet have profited little by it whereas we might have growne in grace and have beene teachers of others still we remaine ignorant the more shame for us we should rather reason thus I grow old and I know not how soone the day of my death will come now is the time where in I should get grace the time wherein I should get knowledge it must bee now or never this consideration may stirre us up to shew love to Christ and to his members The next point is the place where Christ was buryed and this is to bee considered in divers circumstances 1 That it was another mans grave 2 That this grave was Iosephs grave 3 That it was a new grave wherein never any man was laid 4 It was in a Garden First it was another mans grave that Christ was buryed in for hee was so poore that he had not a grave of his own we see that poore men though they have not an house to hide their heads in yet they have a grave to bury themselves in but Christ was so poore he had not a grave of his owne to bury himselfe in neither was it onely in his death but also in his whole life for when Christ was borne he was borne in another mans house when he preached hee preached in another mans ship and when he prayed he prayed in another mans garden when hee eat the women ministred unto him when he did ride to Ierusalem he did ride on another mans Asse when he was buryed he was buryed in another mans grave he had nothing peculiar to himselfe but his crosse which no man would touch much lesse take from him for they compelled Simon of Syrene to beare it all which may teach us that Christ hath sanctified a poore estate to us so that if a man be never so poore and meane let him be contented with it and labour to be Gods servant that he may say of him Behold my servant and behold my sonne then this poore estate is sanctified to thee Secondly Christ was buried in another mans grave to shew that hee would come in a neerer conjunction with us That hee would not onely take our nature upon him come into our houses and eate at our Tables but hee would also lye in our graves with us it is a great love that a woman heares to her husband that shee will be contented to forsake her fathers house and leave her kindred and go and dwell with her husband but it is a farre greater love when shee will follow him into the prison and downe into the dungeon so it is a great love of Christ that he would take our nature upon him come into our houses and feede at our tables But it is a farre greater love that he would go into the grave with us and lie there troden downe of death that so he might give life to our dead bodies Secondly this grave was Iosephs now Ioseph was a rich man as wee have heard and this was to fulfill that Scripture Esay 53. 9. where the Prophet foretold it Hee made his grave with the wicked and with the rich in his death on the crosse contemned and despised but in the grave he was honoured so it is with a Christian so
long as he is in troubles and crosses of this life so long he is contemned and despised but when he is in the grave then hee is honoured as wee see the Iewes did persecute the prophets in their life time but when they were dead they did paint and garnish their tombes therefore our Saviour saith ye are witnesses unto your selves that yee are the sonnes of them that murthered the prophets when they were alive then they could not abide them but. when they were dead then they did honour them and so in Prov. 10. 7. The memoriall of the just shall be blessed but the name of the wicked shall rot The sight of a good man is grievous to a number they cannot abide to see his face but let God take him away and then they honour him it is not so with the wicked man for hee hath his honour whiles he liveth here every one doth applaud him and speake to him faire but let him dye and then his name rots as Iob 21. 17. it is said How oft is the candle of the wicked put out and how oft commeth their destruction upon them where we may see the life of a wicked man compared to a candle that when it is light every man takes delight to looke on it but let it be put out and it leaveth a stinking snuffe behinde it even so it is with a wicked man as long as he liveth every man seeketh to him and many doe applaud him but if he be dead then he leaveth nothing but a stinke behind and therefore this is a comfort to a Christian man that though he be despised here while he liveth yet he shall be honoured in the grave Thirdly it was a new grave wherein never man lay and here was a speciall providence of God in it Now there were two causes why he was buried in a new grave First lest the Iewes should surmise that it was not Christ that did rise againe but some other that was buried before him therefore he was buried in a grave wherein never man was laid before him Secondly lest the Iewes should thinke he did not rise by his owne power but by the power of some holy man that had beene buried there before even as the man spoken of 2 king 13. 22. when he was put into the grave of Eliseus and did touch his dead bones life came into him againe so lest they should thinke that some holy Man had beene buried there and by touching of his dead bones life came into him againe therefore wisedome of God appointed that he should bee buried in a Grave wherein never man was so that God would stop all occasions of surmising to the contrary In Hos. 2. 6. Behold saith the Lord I will hedge up the way with thornes and make a wall that he shall not finde her pathes some take this way to be the way of affliction but it is a Metaphor taken from men that doe inclose beasts in a pasture that do thrust bushes into every gap because they should not creepe out even so because wee are ready to creepe out at every gap therefore the Lord doth stop them that so wee may not wander here and there Fourthly it was in a garden that as the first Adam did commit sinne in a garden so the second Adam came to bury sinne and utterly to destroy it in a garden I but why did Ioseph make his grave in the midst of his garden seeing the garden is a speciall place of delight the reason is that he might remember death in the midst of his pleasures and to put him in minde that he must lye there and be dissolved to dust which doth teach us a speciall point of Instruction that wee ought to remember death in the midst of all our pleasures and delights our Saviour in his life often speaks of death as Matth. 20. 18. and Luk. 18. 31. When Christ was transfigured on the mount and Moses and Elias talked with him it is said They appeared in glory and spake of his decease Luk. 9. 31. so in the midst of our mirth and of our delights and pleasures we should thinke of death Saint Ierome saith it was the custome amongst the Romans that in the midst of their triumphs there was one at the backe of them who cryed out Remember thou art a mortall man and for all this applause that thou must dye so it was the manner of Egyptians that at their merry meetings to bring in a Sceleton the picture of a dead man whose flesh was puld off the bones and one said unto them Eate and drinke and bee merry for thou shalt bee such an one after death Now if the Romanes in their Triumphs had their remembrance of death and the Egyptians at their merriments then how much more should wee that be Christians thinke of death they had but the light of nature and we have the light of Gods grace We reade Genes 22. When Abraham saw the place afarre off where he should sacrifice his son he tooke the wood of the burnt offering and laid it on his sonne Isaac and he tooke the fire in his hand and a knife and they went both together so when wee see afarre off the place of death or the time when we shall dye by contemplation or meditation that wee are old or that sicknesse is upon us wee should fit and prepare our selves for it that so wee may dye in faith and in the favour of God in assurance of the pardon of our sinnes that so when wee part with this world we may enter into joy and happinesse Fourthly we are to observe the manner of Christs buriall wherein divers things are to be considered As first that Ioseph before hee would take downe the dead body of Christ would aske leave of Pilate for the bodies of the condemned be in the hands of the Magistrates This was the reason why he would not take downe the body without leave Secondly when he had leave he goes and puls the nailes and spicks out of the hands and feete of Christ takes his body down and gets it on his backe and in this meditation it is likly said Lord thou hast borne the burthen of my sins and now I will beare the burthen of thy body Thirdly that Nicodemus did bring an hundred pound of sweet odors of Myrrh and Aloes to imbalme his body and lest the Iewes should thinke it were superfluity it is said It was the maner of the Iewes to doe so Fourthly when they had imbalmed his body Ioseph gets a kircher and tyed upon his jawes and wrapped up his wounds and sores with fine linnen and laid him in a faire sheet and wrapped him in it Fiftly when this was done they layd him into the earth the one at the head and the other at the feet and then they rowled a stone upon the grave that no body might doe any hurt unto the dead body
as Christ speakes Matth. 12. 40. As Ionas was three dayes and three nights in the Whales belly so the sonne of Man shall be three dayes and three nights in the body of the earth therefore the body of Christ was no lower than the grave it descended no further And this may be a sweet comfort to us that the bodies of Christians descend no lower than the grave therefore when we see a Christian laid into his grave he is in the worst estate wee shall see him in but the wicked descend lower and lower til they come at hell though their bodies doe not descend when they be buried yet when they shall rise againe at the last Iudgement then not onely their soules but also their bodies shall goe to hell as Psal 9. The wicked shall be turned into hell and all the nations that forget God but when a Christian is buried and laid in his grave here is the worst estate shal befal them for where the body of Christ rested there the bodies of Christians shall rest after death to wit in the grave The second is That Christ went downe in his Spirit into hell or descended thither to preach to the damned to convert them This opinion seemes more unreasonable than the former but Bellarmine confutes it for hee saith that life is the time of grace there is no repentance nor converting unto God after death according as Christ saith Iohn 9. Worke while it is called today for the night commeth on when no man can worke And 2 Cor. 5. We shall all appeare before the judgement seat of God to answer for that we have done in the body whether it be good or bad So there is no repentance after death but then we must come to judgement to answer for that we have done in our flesh And Galath 6. Whiles we have time doe good here in this life-time is the doing of good and therefore it is a sure thing that if we doe not repent and turne unto God while wee live here wee shall not repent after death because this life-time is the time of grace and of repentance therefore it must be the wisdome of men to repent of their sins to turne unto God lay hold on life and salvation while they live here for if they be dead and laid in the grave it is impossible that they should repent because this life time is the time of repentance S. Chrysostome saith there be two kindes of Repentance fruitfull and unfruitfull or penall repentance Fruitfull repentance is in this life Penall repentance after this life in hell for it is true saith he the damned in hell shall repent them of their sins the whoremaster of his whoring the drunkard of his drunkennesse the swearer of his swearing but this repentance shall be unfruitfull though it be an afflictive repentance therefore if wee would have fruit and benefit by our conversion we must repent whiles we live here The third is That Christ descended into hell to suffer the paines and torments of hell in his soule where we should have suffered I answer the Scripture is plaine for this that Christ did not suffer for us in hell for hee suffered on the crosse where all was finished therefore hee did not need to descend into hell to suffer paines and torments there as Hebr. 2. 14. Forsomuch as the children were partakers of the flesh and bloud he also himselfe having tooke part with them that by death hee might destroy him that had power ever death that is the Devill so Christ did overcome the Devill by dying But it may be objected and said that we deserved to have suffered the paines of hell for ever and therefore Christ descended into hell for us To this I answer that if this reason were good then he in soule should not onely have suffered the torments of hell but his body too for wee deserve not onely to have our soules tormented but our bodies also therefore this cannot stand us in stead Christ suffered the paines of hell but not in the place of hell but partly in the Garden and partly on the Crosse which was sufficient for mans offence as a man that hath a summe of money to pay if he pay it though it be not in the same place all is well it cannot be required againe so Christ hath paid and satisfied God for our sinnes though not in the same place where we should have suffered but partly in the Garden when he was in the bloudy sweat and partly on the Crosse when he made that bitter complaint My God my God why hast thou forsaken me And therefore this may give us comfort that God is satisfied and will not require any more at our hands if wee be in Christ The Fourth is That Christ went not downe to hell but hee went to the upper skirts and brims of hell where the Fathers were floting so to fetch them thence This is the opinion of the Papists and is more unreasonable than any of the former for the Fathers were not in the upper skirts and brims of hel but were saved by the same faith we be as we see Act. 15. 11. But wee beleeve through the grace of the Lord Iesus Christ to be saved as they doe so the Fathers were saved by the same meanes we are for the same means were in the Old Testament that is in the New but that there was a veile before it To this effect we have Psal 102. 24. I said take mee not away in the midst of my dayes but there is a plainer place than this Eccles. 12. 7. Then shall the dust returne to the earth as it was and the spirit shall returne unto God that gave it So the soules of good men we see went not to the border of hell but to God as Luke 16. when Lazarus was dead his soule was carried into Abrahams bosome and Dives into hell Now there be two evidences that Lazarus was not in the border and skirts of hell First because his soule was carried by the Angels who doe not carry mens soules into hell but into heaven Secondly because that he was in a place of comfort and joy but there is poore comfort in hell therefore we may see that the Papists opinion is very erroneous and false But there is another Scripture to be answered where it is said Heb. 9. 12. that the way to the holiest of holy was not made by the bloud of Goats and Calves but by the bloud of Christ and then it followes there was no way to heaven but by the death of Christ To this I answer first that there was no way to heaven by the legal sacrifices only the vertue and power of Christs sacrifice laid the way open to us Secondly all that came to heaven must come by the vertue and power of Christ for his death was as vertuall and effectuall to save men from the beginning as
though a great deale of sorrow and misery befall him yet one day hee shall see God with his eyes so also David saith Psal 16. 9. Wherefore my heart is glad and my tongue rejoyceth my flesh also resteth in hope for thou wilt not leave my soule in the grave neither wilt thou let thy holy one to see corruption and more over this was that comfort that Christ gave to his Disciples Matth. 20. 19. when hee told them of his passion And they shall deliver him to the Gentiles to mocke and to scourge and to crucifie him but the third day he shall rise againe Now that which comforted Iob David and Christ must comfort us for as Christ did rise so all his members shall rise and therefore let us conjoyne our selves to Christ whilest wee live here that so wee may dye with Christ and let us lay our selves under him in the grave I meane our lusts and sinnes and then as Christ rose so we shall rise but if thou doe not conjoyne thy selfe with Christ in his death and lye under him in the grave then Christ shall rise and thou shalt lie still in the grave nay it were well if it might bee so for thou shalt rise againe but Christ shall rise to glory and thou to shame Christ shall rise to possesse eternall life and thou eternall death Secondly we shall not onely rise out of the grave but we shall also rise out of trouble for as there is a power of Christ to pull us out of the grave so there is a power of Christ to raise us out of trouble It is an opinion in the World that there is a power of Christ to raise them out of the grave yet they doe not know that there is also a power of Christ to raise them out of their troubles but howsoever this is unknowne to the world yet it should be knowne to a Christian To which effect the Apostle speakes 2 Corinth 4. 10. We alwaies beare about in our bodies the dying of the Lord Iesus that the life of Iesus might be made manifest in our mortall bodies And vers 14. saith he knowing that he which raised up the Lord Iesus shall raise us up also by Iesus and shall present us with you These words are to be understood of raising them out of trouble to comfort them in this world And so 2 Tim. 2. 9. Remember saith he that Iesus Christ made of the seede of David was raised againe from the dead Remember this you that suffer for good causes that as Christ was raised so you shall be raised to comfort and joy out of your troubles so these be the reasons why it was needefull Christ should rise First To assure us that our sinnes are expiated and pardoned Secondly To apply Salvation Thirdly To be an undoubted evidence to us that we shall rise out of the grave and out of our troubles in this world Secondly The time when hee did rise againe and that is exactly set downe the third day according as Christ foretold in the 2 of Iohn I will destroy this Temple and in three daies I will build it againe and Matth. 20 19. the place before mentioned and they shall deliver him to the Gentiles to mocke and to scourge and to crucifie him but the third day he shall rise againe and so in this place which I read unto you that he was buried and that hee rose the third day according to the Scriptures Now there is reason why hee rose no sooner and there is reason why he rose no later as that being the fittest time for him to rise in of which I will speake at this time First Because that it might he an evidence to the Iewes that he was truely dead for if he had risen the first day or the second then they would have thought he had beene in a trance or in a sound onely and therefore to cleare this point he did not rise till the third day because all the hope of the pardon of our sinnes hangs on the death of Christ and all the hope of Gods favor and therefore he would have this point sealed to the World and this was the first reason why Christ rose no sooner Secondly That the Disciples might have an evidence of the power of the death of Christ for there was a greater power in Christ to rise againe when he had beene possessed and vanquished of death three dayes than if he had rose the first day And Augustine saith that Christ did more shew his power in rising from death when they had killed him than hee should have done if he had come downe from the Crosse when they ●ad him so there was a greater power of Christ seene in rising the third day than if he should have risen the first day or the second it was a greater matter that hee should recover when all hope was passed the widdowes sonne in the Gospell was raised when he lay upon the Beere to bee carried to burying Entichus when he fell out of the window and the dead man assoone as he did touch the dead bones of Elisha but Christ recovered when hee had beene three dayes together vanquished of death and this doth shew the great power of Christ Thirdly To teach us Christians patience that if wee doe not arise out of trouble the first day or the second yet still to waite with christian patience till the third day that is many dayes together till the time that God hath appointed Therefore if wee be not raised out of trouble so soone as wee desire let us not murmure or grudge against God and be impatient but quiet our selves with the good will of God and waite with patience till the time he hath appointed for our deliverance It is the manner of the world if they be in their troubles but a day or two they say how long Lord how long as if they tarried too long but the patience of Christ must teach us patience and to quiet our selves with the good will of God so David did Psal 123. As the eyes of a servant looke to his master and the eyes of a Mayden to her Mistris so our eyes wait on thee till thou shew mercie and though it be not to day nor to morrow yet we waite on thee till thou shew mercie yee remember that Christ Iesus said to Marie when there wanted wine My houre is not yet come There be two houres God hath his houre and wee have our houre our houre is as soone as wee stand in neede but Christs houre is to helpe when all meanes faile there be many that desire ease and peace and comfort but we must tarrie Christs houre wee must waite with Christian patience till the third day come So much for the reasons why Christ rose no sooner now wee are come to speake why hee arose no later The first reason is To sh●w that if he had deferred it any longer the Iewes might have
death will draw out all his members with him It is said by one of the ancient Fathers that Christ did enter into heaven at the narrow passage of his passion by which way we must also enter into heaven Now by the power and vertue of Christs resurrection we finde others to be raised as if the cleaving of the rockes asunder and the quaking and trembling of the earth had awaked them out of their sleepe for it is said And the graves were opened and many bodies of Saints that slept arose c. In which story wee may take notice of divers things worthy our consideration 1. who they were that did rise with Christ the Saints 2. What number did rise with him a multitude 3. What time after Christs resurrection 4. What they did they went into the holy Citie and did appeare to many 5. What became of them whether they went into the grave or into heaven First Who they were that did rise it is said the Saints they were sanctified and holy people not one wicked man did rise when Christ did rise to teach us that the Saints onely shall rise properly by the vertue and power of Christs rising there is not a wicked man that shall be an halfe-peny the better for Christs rising as 1 Thess 3. 4. it is said Those who sleep in Iesus will God bring with him and 1 Corinth 15. it is said Christ is the first fruits of them that sleepe therefore they that be in Christ onely shall partake of Christs rising none shall feele the benefit and comfort of it but the Saints onely and therefore wouldest thou finde benefit and comfort by Christs rising labour then to be a sanctified man or woman sanctified in speech sanctified in thy actions and life and then as Christ rose so thou shalt rise but if thou be not a sanctified man or woman he shall rise and let thee alone thou shalt lye in the grave and rot well thou mayest rise with Cain Iudas Herod Pilate and Pharaoh but thou shalt not arise with Christ nor with the Saints thou shalt not rise in that ranke It cannot be denied but that all shall rise by the power of Christ as Iohn 5. it is said The houre shall come in the which all that are in the graves shall heare the voice of the Sonne of God and come forth so all shall be raised by the voice of the sonne of God but there is a great difference for he shall riase his servants and Saints being as a head to them a mercifull Saviour and Redeemer but he shall raise the wicked as a terrible Iudge to be revenged of them for their sinnes O it were wel with them that the mountaines might fall upon them and hide them from the presence of God we see in experience that if there be two men cast in the Gaole the one an innocent man and the other a theefe murtherer or traitour when the Assizes come the prison dore is opened and the innocent man comes forth and the theefe the one comes forth an innocent man to be so proclaimed by the Iudge in the hearing of the countrey the other to receive sentence of condemnation for his vile facts the prison doore indeed is opened to both but there is great difference the one comes forth to be set at libertie the other to be executed so the graves are opened to all but yet there is a great difference for the Saints rise to possesse eternall life the wicked to possesse eternall death therefore although we know we shall all rise againe yet if we doe not rise Saints it were better for us that we did never rise at all Secondly What number ●se with Christ a multitude whereof there be two reasons First That we might see that the benefit of Christs rising is not confined to some few but to many and therefore it is to set out the large hand and liberalitie of God in Christ as Matth. 8. it is said That many shall come from the East and West and shall sit downe with Abraham Isaak and Iaakob in the kingdome of heaven So Heb. 2. 10. it is said For it became him for whom are all things and by whom are all things in bringing many sons unto glory to make the Captaine of their salvation perfect through sufferings Therefore Christ rose with so many to shew that he is willing to communicate his goodnesse to many Esau complained of the narrownesse of his fathers blessings but wee cannot doe so by Gods blessings for hee extends them largely Secondly he rose with so many that there might be many witnesses of his resurrection for the rising of Christ from the dead being a maine pillar of our Christian faith therefore it was requisite that our faith might rest on a strong foundation there should be many witnesses of his resurrection I but there may a question be moved what was the reason that all the Saints did not rise with Christ as well as some It is a strange thing that Abraham lay still in the grave the father of the faithfull and Isaak and Iaakob and all the Prophets and David and a number of other holy men all which died in faith what was the reason then they did not rise aswel as the rest To this I answer that it was the wise counsell of God so to appoint it for if all should have risen againe then there might have beene some doubt whether we that have died since Christs rising should have rose againe or not for 2 Tim. 2. 18. Hymeneus and Philetus said that the resurrection was past already Now if all had risen then much more Christians might have doubted of the matter and therefore to take away this doubt this is the reason why they did not all rise for looke how many dead Patriarks and Prophets and holy men there be that rose not so many pledges and pawnes there be of our resurrection for howsoever wee might doubt it in regard of our selves because of our sinnes yet because there be so many dead Saints lye still in the dust whom hee will one day raise we have comfortable hope that we shall rise with them for looke how many dead bodies of the Saints there be amongst us so many pledges and pawnes there be to us that our bodies shall one day rise againe Secondly seeing tha● some of the Saints did rise and not others which were left in the grave and yet as good and holy men as they nay it may be holier This may teach us a worthy point that there is a speciall dispensation of God in the dealing with some of the Saints therefore every one must labour to bee contented with that God doth assigne him So Numbers 12. 7. saith the Lord My servant Moses is not so who is faithfull in all my house unto him will I speake mouth to mouth where was a speicall favour that God did shew to Moses more than he shewed to
said to Christ Tarry with us for the day is farre spent and the night drawes on so a Christian should say at the time of his death My life is farre spent old age is come upon me and sicknesse and death drawes on Lord tarry thou with me and I pray thee that I may so shut up mine eyes in this world and that they may bee opened in the kingdome of heaven and that I may dye in thy favour in the pardon and forgivenesse of my sinnes and in the peace of a quiet conscience Thus David praieth in the Psal Yea even untill mine old age and gray head O Lord forsake me not And so againe Psal 27. 9. Hide not therefore thy face from me nor cast thy servant away in displeasure thou hast bin my succour leave mee not nor forsake mee O God of my salvation And these be the two times when we are specially to desire Christ to be with us Now we come to the next thing which is how Christ was knowne of them and it is said In the breaking of the bread here two questions are to be answered 1 What is meant by Bread 2 How Christ was knowne by the breaking of Bread First what is meant by Bread whether it were ordinary common Bread or whether it were sacred and consecrated to an holy use I answer that the Bread heere spoken of is not Sacramentall but ordinary Bread The Papists take advantage by this place as they doe by all others that seeme to serve their turne for when they be urged and asked why they breake the Lords institutions to give Bread and not wine contrary to the commandement of Christ seeing Christ instituted both to this they answer that the Church of Rome hath an example to doe so because Christ did administer the Sacraments to the two Disciples going to Emmaus But we can prove by these two reasons taken out of their owne Doctrine and Canons that this breaking of Bread cannot bee meant of Bread used in the institution of the Sacraments but of ordinary and common Bread First because they hold it a sacriledge for any Priest to consecrate Bread without Wine for they will have them both consecrated together though none but the Bread be administred but in this place there is none but Bread spoken of and therefore it was not Bread used in the Sacraments Secondly because their owne Doctrine and Canons say that it cannot bee a Sacrament without the five words of consecration Take eate this is my body but there were not these five words of consecration and therefore it is not meant of the Sacrament Now they have two reasons against this argument First In that they say there is the same forme of words that is used in the institution of the Sacrament both in Matth. 26. and also in the Gospell of Saint Luke where the institution is spoken of and that is that he tooke the bread and blessed it and gave it c. To this I answer they may as well prove the five loaves and the two fishes that Christ fed the people with Matth. 15. to be a Sacrament for there it is said he tooke the bread and blessed the same and gave it so there are the same forme of words Secondly they say if it had not beene this Sacrament Christ would not have administred it he would not have blessed the bread and brake it and have given it because he was a stranger To this I answer that it was the manner of the Iewes that the best men in the company gave thankes brake the bread and did not put it off to a childe as many doe at these dayes therefore because he was the best and most gravity did appeare in his face therefore hee did blesse it and gave it Now then if it were an ordinary foode or Repast this must teach us two things First that we should not take a bit of bread into our mouths till wee have blessed God for it and so it was the manner of the people to doe 1 Sam. 9. 15. the maids said to Saul that The people would not eate till Samuel came and had blessed the sacrifice and so Act. 27. Paul when he was amongst strangers in the ship in the presence of them all he gave thankes We see Christ did not take bread till he had given thanks and blessed it Therefore how dare any man take a morsell or a bit of meate into his mouth till he hath by holy prayer drawne downe a blessing upon him Christ he would not he that was the Creator of all and therefore how dare a Man that is but flesh and bloud take his dinner and supper and never give thankes nor blesse the bread surely man hath not more liberty than Christ Secondly that as these two Disciples did travell with Christ and when they came at their waies end did then eat and drinke with Christ and comfortably refresh themselves so let us travell with Christ here in this world and when we come at our journeies end we shall eate and drinke with him in the Kingdome of Heaven so wee see Luke 22. 29. Therefore I appoint unto you a kingdome as my Father hath appointed to me that ye may eate and drinke at my table in my kingdome so Revel 2. To him that overcommeth will I give to eate of the h●dden Manna Therefore let us labour to travell with Christ here in this world and then howsoever we may have trouble and affliction heere yet when wee come at our journeyes end wee shall bee comfortably refreshed in the Kingdome of Heaven The second question is how Christ was knowne in the breaking of bread some say because hee brake the bread so smooth as if it had beene cut with a knife but it cannot be so because it is said hee was knowne in the breaking of the bread not by the breaking and some say he was knowne by the maner of his thanks-giving but it is not said that he was knowne by this but in breaking of the bread therefore it is best to follow the words of the Text That he was knowne of them in the breaking of the bread for their eies were held that they knew him not before and at that very instant at the act of breaking the bread then the Lord opened their eyes which may teach us that there may be a presence of God in our houses in the fields and in the places where we be and yet wee cannot see it unlesse the Lord open our eyes Therefore as the two blinde men cryed unto Christ and said O Sonne of David have mercy on us whom Christ asked what they would have they said Lord that our eyes may bee opened so we must cry to Christ to open our eyes that wee may see his goodnesse and mercy to us The next thing is what they did when Christ was vanished out of their sight here be divers things to be considered only
I will commend unto you two things First that they said one unto another Did not our hearts burne when hee spake unto us so wee should examine our selves when Christ hath spoken unto us whether our hearts burne whether we were afflicted with that which was taught us If we find not this we may say to our selves What did we heare why doe we misse-spend the time Secondly that they could not be at rest they could not tarry but they went and told it to their brethren so when God hath made any good thing knowne unto us we should not be at rest but should tell it to our wives to our children to our friends and to our acquaintance we remember what Christ said to the women Goe tell my brethren and even so I may say to you Go tell your friends and tell your brethren the good things yee have heard tell it to your wives and children and if yee cannot remember any more yet remember this how wee may retaine and keepe Christ namely with this short prayer of these disciples The day is farre spent and the night drawes on tarry with us so my life is night spent and the night of death drawes on Lord tarry with us and then we shall make a happy close of our life when Wee shall sit downe with Abraham and Isaac and Iacob in the Kingdome of heaven SERMON XXXV IOHN 20. 19. Then the same day at Evening being the first day of the weeke when the doores were shut where the Disciples were assembled for feare of the Iewes came Iesus and stood in the midst and saith unto them Peace be unto you FIve severall times Christ appeared the same day that he rose againe first To Mary Magdalen secondly To the two women going from the grave thirdly To the two Disciples going to Emmaus fourthly To all the Disciples being met together Thomas being away fifthly To Simon Peter I have shewed the reasons why Christ appeared so many times in one day which was to dedicate and institute the Christian Sabbath that Christ spending the whole day in heavenly apparitions might leave example to us to spend it in holy duties and service therefore a Christian hath no other originall of his Sabbaths than the Lord himselfe now if Christ hath ordained the Sabbath hee that hath all power in his hand then it must be our care to keepe it Iudas is condemned by the mouth of all men not onely that he stole but also that he stole from Christ so if we doe not apply our selves to the duties of the Sabbaths wee steale from Christ nay Iudas stole but his mony but thou stealest away Christian duties and service from him Now in this manifestation of Christ to his Disciples we may observe three things 1. In what Disposition they were 2. In what Manner he appearde 3. The Effects of it First what Disposition they were in laid downe two waies First they were assembled together after the death of Christ they were all scattered and did fly one from another but now they were assembled like a flocke of sheepe that are scattered with a dog which afterwards gather together againe which may teach us that if wee fall we should labour to rise againe and if we scatter wee should labour to gather together againe so Christ saith Revel 2. 5. Remember from whence thou art fallen Repent and doe thy first workes and Psal 119. ult David saith I have gone astray like a lost sheepe Lord seeke me for as a sheepe that is gone is not at rest but cries to the shepheard and the flocke and is not at quiet till it be in the fold againe so if we be scattered from God wee must not be at rest but cry unto God and unto the flocke till wee come home to God againe and although we fall yet we must labour to rise againe though one throw mud into a fountaine yet in time it will worke it selfe cleere againe so if we fall into any sinne we must labour to cleare our selves againe we see in nature the little Birds though they fly here and there in the day time yet they will home to their nests at night in like manner howsoever a man may have some fals in the day time yet let him returne home againe to God in the night this must be the care of Christians that seeing they have daily fearefull and dangerous fals yet they must labour to rise againe and to recover There be two reasons to be given of their gathering together First to nourish the little sparkes of Faith that was left in them this was the cause why the Disciples were assembled and may teach us that although there be but a little faith and life of grace in us after wee have battered it with the temptations of the devill yet wee should labour to nourish that little sparke that is left which is the counsell Christ gives us in the Revelation Bee awake and strengthen the things that remaine and are ●●dy to dye although there be but a little faith and grace yet labour to nourish them so also lately wee heard our Saviour Christ did to the two Disciples going to Emmaus finding their faith weake hee doth labour to nourish and strengthen the same 2 King 9. as Iehoram when he was wounded of the Assyrians returned to Iezreel to be healed of his wounds so when the devill hath wounded us in our faith love care and in our zeale we must returne to the use of good means that so we may recover againe If a man have a tree that stands in his orchard if there bee but a little life left in it he will dig and dung it about and lay fresh moulds to the roote of it so if there bee a little life of grace left in us wee should labour to nourish the same by prayer hearing the Word preached and by receiving the Sacraments that so wee may recover againe thus the Disciples were assembled together to nourish that sparke of faith which was left in them Secondly because they were in hope thereby to finde a blessing upon them others had seene Christ and they assembled together in hope to see him too which may teach us that the blessing of God upon others in the use of good meanes must give us comfortable hope that if we use the same meanes we shall finde a blessing of God upon us that as others have beene brought by the preaching of the Word to faith and repentance and to a comfortable feeling of Gods favour to bee perswaded that their sinnes are pardoned so if wee use the same meanes we shall have the same blessing upon us As David saith Psal 48. Wee have thought of thy loving kindnesse O Lord in the middest of thy Temple other men have found a blessing upon them and therefore we looke for the like upon us But why were the Disciples desirous to see Christ because they had felt the
Thirdly seeing the preaching of the Gospell is the meanes to draw us to God every man must labour to feele this worke of grace in himselfe for if a man heare never so often if hee be not gathered to God and his heart brought home but lieth still in his sinnes and corruptions hee can have little comfort by preaching therefore labour thou to bee brought home to God to Repentance to Faith and to an estate of Grace by it Wee see in experience when the Hen clockes the Chickins will runne after her and gather under her wings Now the Gospell is as it were the clocke of Christ whereby he doth call us and therefore when hee cals us by his Clocking let us runne unto him and gather under his wings that so wee may bee covered in the time of danger I have shewed you heretofore when Ieremie was in the Dungeon there was one that did put downe a cord to him and cast in a few ragges whereupon hee caught hold and put the ragges under his armes and so was pulled out in like manner we all lie in the Dungeon of sinne by the preaching of the Word the Lord puts downe a cord as it were to save us therefore it must bee our wisedome to apply our selves to it that so wee may be drawne out of our sinnes This is the first Action Secondly when Christ hath gathered a people to himselfe he doth not leave them at sixe and sevens but doth governe and guide them to Eternall life as Psal 48. 14. it is said For this God is our God for ever and ever and he shall be our guide till the day of our death So Luke 1. 79. it is said Christ came to give light to them that sit in darknesse and in the shadow of death and to guide our feete into the way of Peace So he doth not onely draw and gather people to himselfe and so leave them but he doth guide them by his Word and by his Spirit and attends them untill he have brought them to Heaven and happinesse A goodly figure we have of this in the Law when the children of Israel were in the wildernesse of Arabia and were travelling to the land of Canaan they knew not which way to take yet the Lord sent them a Cloud by day and a Pillar of fire by night to conduct them till they came to Canaan Now what is this but a plaine figure of our journey to Heaven For we are all passengers and travellers to Heaven and are to passe through the wildernesse of this World wherein there are a number of by-pathes and dangerous places where we are like to lose our selves and therefore Christ lest wee should goe astray and bee in danger of losing hath left his Word and Spirit to conduct and lead us to Heaven this is a great comfortable mercy that Christ doth not onely draw men unto himselfe but when hee hath gathered them he doth governe and guide them by his Word and Spirit Wee see it is not enough for a father to set downe his childe in the way but also takes him by the hand and leads him in it and when he is wearie he recovers rests him and when he comes at a bridge he carries him over so Christ doth by us for it is not enough for him to set us downe in the way that leads us to Heaven but when we be in it hee takes us by the hand and leads us and when wee be wearie hee takes us up and when wee bee fallen he doth recover us when wee come to a bridge that is when wee come to any hard pinch hee carries us over this is therefore our case and of all the children of God and wee must bee contented to bee governed and guided by him in all our actions It is the madnesse of the World to have Christ to bee their Redeemer but they will not have him to bee their Governour and Guide which is the reason why so many in the World miscarrie in their actions and their courses because they be not guided and governed by him therefore every man must labour to submit himselfe to the holy government of Christ In the 73. Psal 24. the Prophet David saith Thou wilt guide mee with thy Counsell and afterwards receive me to glory Hence wee may conclude that if a man will not be guided by Gods counsell whilst he lives here he shall never bee received to glory as also Acts 27. The Lord had given the lives of all them that were in the Ship to Paul if they did abide in it And therefore when they were in danger and would have taken another course Paul tells them they cannot be saved unlesse they abide in the ship so unlesse we abide in the true Ship Christ Iesus and be guided by his counsells whiles wee live here wee cannot bee saved and this is the second Action The third Action is That Christ doth exercise his Church with divers temptations and trials for their good we see in standing waters that Toads and Frogges breed but the Rivers carry them away even so when there is peace then there are many vilde lusts and sinnes breed in the heart of a Christian as wee may see in David and therefore God doth exercise his Church with many temptations and trials to scowre away the rust of their sinnes as Matth. 8. 23. When hee had called his Disciples he went into a Ship with them and a great Tempest did arise so as the Ship was in danger of drowning whilst Christ was asleepe in the Ship and his Disciples went and awaked him so there was a great calme Now what is this but a plaine figure of Christs dealing with us for hee placeth us here in this World as on the Sea Hee raises up many troubles and afflictions and seemes to be asleepe therefore we must goe to Christ with the Disciples and awake him by our Prayers and stirre him by our repentance and then hee will drive away our troubles this is one Act of Christs administration therefore when it is thus with a Christian that there is one trouble after another hee must remember it is one part of Christs holy government and therefore must submit himselfe unto it There be three causes why Christ doth exercise the Church with diverse temptations First To set aworke their graces for when God hath given them Faith Repentance Patience and other graces of his Spirit then he doth exercise them and set them aworke So Gen. 22. when God had given saith to Abraham then he tries him and sets aworke his Faith and his other Graces by offering up his Sonne And so likewise we see the Lord tried Iob by the Divell saith he Hast thou not considered my servant Iob how that he is a just and upright man The Lord would have the World and the Divell to see the graces that were in Iob and how he was
Church by hiding of them The Papists demand of us where our Church was before Luthers dayes To this I answer the Lord did hide them in the wildernesse all the time of the rage of Antichrist Saint Hilarie saith Yee doe not well to love the wals of the Church and to make such accompt of the Temple know yee not that Antichrist shall fit in the Temple of God boasting himselfe as if he were God therefore saith hee looke not for the true Church of God in the Temples but looke for it in mines caves and secret places The third meanes whereby Christ defends his Church is Miraculously and wonderously so the Lord delivered the Church out of Egypt from Pharoah and so likewise The three children out of the Firie fornace and Daniel out of the Lions den and Peter out of Prison when hee should have beene brought out the next day to execution Yea the Lord doth not onely defend his Church wonderfully but also gratiously as 1 Sam. 13. 26. it was told to Saul that David was in the wildernesse of Maon presently Saul and his men followed him and Saul with his men were on the one side of the mountaine and David with his men were on the other side but there came a messenger to Saul saying Haste thee and come for the Philistines have invaded the land so David was delivered gratiously though it were not miraculous and wonderfull but by a rumour and report onely heere wee see though the Lord doe not deliver us miraculously and wonderfully yet hee doth gratiously in making our greatest and chiefest enemies friendly unto us and so gives us peace The fourth meanes whereby Christ doth defend and protect the Church is By giving them invincible courage to endure all that the world shall put upon them so although they bee slaine at the foote of the Lambe and the blood come downe at their heeles yet they goe away with a glorious conquest So Paul Rom. 8. saith For thy sake are wee killed all the day long we are counted as sheepe for the slaughter neverthelesse in all these things wee are more than conquerours through him that hath loved us for through their Christian courage they carry away the conquest Revelation 12. 11. it is said But they overcame him by the blood of the Lambe and by the Word of their testimony and they loved not their lives to the death Cyprian saith well God would let the world see that though Christians be slaine and trodden under foot for the Gospell and for the testimony of the truth yet they cannot overcome them because they bee not affraid to dye in the cause of Christ for as Christ by dying overcame death so all his members must overcome by dying Augustine makes this question whether the Tyrant doth overcome or the Christian in the eye of sense and reason one would thinke that the Tyrant hath the better because hee takes away life and blood but it is the Christian that doth overcome because the Tyrant aimes doth not somuch at the life or blood but he labours to take away God Christ the hope of heaven and to destroy Faith and Religion but the Tyrant though hee take away liberty or blood or life yet he cannot take away God nor Christ nor the hope of heaven nor the pardon of their sinnes from them therefore a Christian is the conquerour hee hath the better As wee see in nature a man comes to kill a serpent hee strikes at the serpent the serpent labours to fence his head because his life lyes in his head hee will take a wound any where before hee will take it there now as long as the serpent fences his head and keepes his life hee hath the better because the man fought to take away his life and yet he keepes it so when a Tyrant labors to take away Christ God and faith from a Christian yet as long as hee can keepe Christ and his graces it is sufficient because hee is the head and life lyes in him though hee bee wounded in his name or in his goods or his life taken from him yet a Christian hath the better I will further shew it you in an example of Scripture wee see that the Divell was as it were let loose on Iob hee tooke away his children and his goods and hee left him nothing but the stench of his teeth yet Iob had the better because the divell did labour to take away his faith and comfort in God which he could not and therefore seeing Iob did keepe this God sets the crowne on his head and hee goes away the conquerour so though sicknesse take away a mans health and usurers his money and theeves his goods and tyrants his life and blood yet as long as a man keepes God Christ his faith and hope of heaven he hath the better The fifth meanes is By destroying and confounding all their enemies for although it pleased God to use them for the chastening of his children yet at last hee will destroy them a father useth a rod to chasten his sonne for his amendment yet at last hee will destroy the rod so wee see Exod. 5. what grievous taskes were laid on the children of Israel by Pharoah to make them willing to depart the land the Lord was faine to doe as men doe by bees to smoke them out to make them leave their hives so the Lord did smoke them out of the place and at last Pharaoh the rod it selfe was drowned in the red sea so Dan. 8. wee see the Little horne which was the King of Macedonia hee did overcome for a time and tread under the people of God yet at last his horne was broken so also Revelation 12. The Beast that had seven heads and ten hornes that did labour to devoure the woman hee also shall goe to destruction and therefore let not Christians be discouraged and dismaied though they see the Church hath great enemies for God will defend and protect them against all their enemies if they walke worthy of the Gospell and labour to please God in all their courses these bee the foure actions whereby Christ doth rule and governe the Church which for your memories sake I will briefly recapitulate unto you First that hee doth draw and pull them out of the condemned multitude of the world and bring them to an estate of grace secondly hee doth guide and governe them by his Word and Spirit Thirdly he doth exercise them with divers temptations and trials Lastly hee doth protect and defend them against all their enemies The Vses wee are to make of Christs sitting at the right hand of God are first that seeing Christ sits in the highest place next to God therefore wee must labour to submit our selves unto him sinke downe at the feet of Christ and bee contented to bee ruled and guided by him but they that are ruled by their owne lusts and sinnes they doe as it were pull downe Christ
two times there is a time of mercy and a time of judgement therefore doe thou not accompt God unjust though good and bad speede alike he makes the raine to raine on the just and the unjust the Sunne doth shine on both and they drinke all of one fountaine and draw in the same ayre yet doe not thinke God to be unjust because this is the time of mercy but there will come a time of judgement and therefore saith hee O my brethren bee wise an take heede doe not say I did naughtily to day and yet it was well with me and I will doe naughtily to morrow and I hope to doe well too this is but the time of Gods mercy there will come a time of His Iudgement wherein Hee will call thee to accompt for all thy sinnes The third is from the wisedome of God and wise order be hath in the governing of all things for in all well ordered commonwealths there are Assises Sessions and Law-daies and in every city towne and hamlet there are courts to order and determine things if it bee so in all well ordered commonwealths then it must needs be so in Gods Kingdome if this wisedome bee in man that is but finite much more surely is it in God that is infinite and therefore seeing in all well ordered common-wealths there is a time of judgement it holds much more that God should have a Iudgement day to arraigne the whole world in The fourth is from the common consent of all that is of Angels men and of devils Of Angels as we see Acts. 1. 11. Yee men of Galilee why stand ye heere gazing to heaven this Iesus whom ye see taken from you into heaven shall so come as yee have seene him goe into heaven And holy men doe acknowledge thus much as Saint Iohn in the Revelation and Henoch long before did prophesie of it Iude 14. so David Psalm 89. ult For he is come to judge the earth with righteousnesse shall hee judge the earth and the people with equity Yea the devils beleeve it and tremble as Matth. 8. Art thou come hither to torment us before our time therefore seeing there is a common consent of all Angels holy Men and devils it is certaine there shall be a judgement day which granted as needs it must let us make some profitable Vse for our instruction The first use is That seeing there is a judgement therefore wee should reverently stand in feare of it for one day thou shalt rise out of thy grave and shalt stand before Christ in judgement to answere for all thy thoughts words and actions and therefore it is not a light matter but stands every man in hand to bee reverently afraid of the judgement day which Paul cals the terrour of the Lord because it is a terrible thing to stand before God in judgement Wee see what a fearefull thing it is when a theefe shut up in the Iayle is to make his appearance before an earthly Iudge which is but the danger of this life how much more then will is strike terrour into us when accused of our own consciences we are to come before Christ in Iudgement who will judge both soule and body When Paul preached to Felix of temperance and judgement it is said Felix trembled now if he trembled at the name of judgement then how much more oughtest thou to tremble thou that art a cold Christian that hast lived loosely and badly how oughtest thou to to tremble I say hearing of the severity of Christ It is a good saying Saint Bernard hath if thou hast put away all shame which appertaines to so noble a creature as thou art yet cast not away feare for saith he men use to load an Asse and he beares it because he is an Asse but thrust him in the fire or into a pit and he will shunne it because he feareth death and loveth life therefore be not worse than the beast feare death feare hell feare Iudgement Secondly seeing there is a Iudgement day therefore we should be carefull to passe the time of our dwelling here in holinesse and feare because wee shall stand before God in judgement heaven and hell cannot avoide it the mountaines and hils cannot cover and hide us from his presence therefore every man must bee carefull to please God and to passe his time well here because he must stand before God in judgement hereafter Men that goe to markets and faires knowing that their packs shall be opened by the searchers to see what wares they bring will bee carefull what wares they packe up so seeing our packs and f●rdels shall bee opened at that day that is our consciences we must bee carefull what we packe and fardell up seeing all shall be discovered wee reade Iohn 11. 7. when there was word given out that it was the Lord that was on the shore Peter did gird his coate to him and cast himselfe into the Sea this was a strange action of Peter one would have thought rather he would have let it alone or have put off his coate but Peter did wisely consider that hee must stand before Christ and therefore that hee might stand seemely before him hee did gird himselfe so seeing wee shall one day stand before God in judgement wee must gird our coates unto us and cast our selves into the glassie sea of this world that so wee may stand seemely before him at that day Thirdly seeing there is a judgement day therefore wee must labour to repent us of our sinnes if we repent of them they shall be forgiven us if we doe not we shall answere for them at that day this counsell Christ doth give us Luke 12. 58. Whilest thou goest with thy adversarie to the ruler as thou art in the way give diligence that thou maiest bee delivered from him lest he bring thee before the Iudge and the Iudge deliver thee to the Iaylor and the Iaylor cast thee into prison I tell thee Thou shalt not depart thence till thou hast paid the uttermost mite so wee are all in the way to the judgement seate whil'st we live here therefore let us make our peace with God repent us of our sinnes and be reconciled to him for if wee doe not hee will deliver us to the Iaylor and we shall be cast into hell and shall never come out It is a good saying of Saint Austine if an earthly Iudge passe sentence against thee and should condemne thee to dye to morrow or the next day tell me what would'st thou doe would'st thou sleepe in thy chaines and fetters would'st thou idle out the time No but thou would'st goe to this friend and to that friend and would'st sell all thou had'st to purchase a pardon and if a friend should say to thee what dost thou meane to runne up and downe and sell that thou hast why thou would'st answere and say I am condemned to dye to
compound the matter with our adversary for it is the divell that will accuse us who will not bee agreed with nor can we prevent it by death for as Saint Iohn saith in the Revelation that Death and Hell gave up their Dead that were in them so we see nothing can keepe us from the judgement seat of Christ O that this were sealed in the hearts of all men and surely it would make them much more carefull how they passe their dayes in this world Saint Paul compares wicked men to those that gather and treasure up money in a bag which being opened discovers a number of strange coynes that they did not know of so every day that a Man sinnes hee doth as it were treasure it up in his Conscience and when the judgement day commeth then his bagge shall be opened that is his Conscience then shall hee see a number of sinnes that hee thought not of Therefore seeing wee shall all appeare before the judgement Seate of Christ let us bee carefull how wee live and passe our dayes here for although wee may escape Westminster Hall and the Kings Exchequer we cannot escape Gods judgements Therefore I say let us labour to repent of our sinnes and get a pardon for them till wee have gotten our quietus est in our Conscience that so wee may stand with comfort at that day that although wee bee found sinners and great sinners yet wee may get a pardon for them sealed with the blood of Christ and shew it unto God who will bee thereby pacified and pleased If a Man have committed Treason against the King by coyning money hee will not bee at rest and quiet till hee hath gotten a Pardon for it So because wee have committed Treason against God divers and sundry wayes wee should not bee at rest till wee have got a Pardon for them sealed with the blood of Christ SERMON XLIIII ACTS 17. 30 31. But now commandeth all men every where to repent Because hee hath appointed a day in the which hee will judge the world in righteousnesse by that man whom be hath ordained IT is a profitable and a fruitfull thought as one saies to thinke of the last end not onely of the day of Death but also of the day of Iudgement How this whole World shall bee dissolved and that wee must stand before God to give an account of all our thoughts words and actions How wee have lived and passed our dayes here Philosophers say That it is the end that moveth all Agents and the Schoolemen say that All actions are determined in regard of the end Therefore they compared it to the Sterne of a Ship which is behinde the Ship when the Ship goes before it and yet the little Rudder that hangs at the Sterne of it that doth order and governe the Ship this way and that way so the end of a man is the best thing that should order all the Actions of his life therefore it is a profitable thought not onely to thinke of the day of Death but also of the day of Iudgement therby to prepare themselves that they may stand before God to give in their accounts for certaine it is because men do not thinke of their last end they run jnto all sin and disorder Moses complaines of this Deut. 32. 29. Oh that they were wise that they would understand this that they would consider their last end And so in Lament 1. 9. it is said of Ierusalem shee remembred not her last end therefore shee came downe mightily shee had no comforter Here wee see it is a profitable thought to thinke of our last end and not onely of the day of Death but also of the day of Iudgement that there shall be an end of this whole world and that we must give in our accounts of all our thoughts words and actions Philip king of Macedonia had a little boy to knocke at his chamber doore every morning and to say unto him Remember Philip thou art but a mortall man and thou must die so much more wee that are Christians should thinke of our last end every night when we goe to bed and every morning when we rise and every time wee goe into the World that Christ shall judge us and that we must give in our accounts of all our thoughts speeches and actions When Paul preached to Felix of temperance and of the last judgement he shifted away the matter and could not abide to heare of it because he had a naughtie conscience for Iosephus tels us he was a naughtie man for the woman that was with him whose name was Drusilla he had inticed from her husband and therefore his conscience accusing him hee shifted away this thought but the people of God bee often thinking of this that so they may be fitted for it as Iob 31. considered with himselfe What shall I doe when God standeth up and when hee visiteth me how shall I answere so should we doe The last day we spake of the persons that shall be judged and shewed you out of Scripture that they were all men of what estate and condition soever they be I that speake and you that heare they which are absent and they which are present both the quicke and the Dead as it is in the Creed that is all men and women that ever were or shall be past present or to come no man shall be exempted from that day So Saint Paul saith Wee shall all appeare before the Iudgement seat of God and Revel 20. 12. I saw the Dead both great and small stand before God Therefore it is a sure thing that all shall come to judgement the Hils cannot hide us nor the Mountaines cover us so there is no man can escape it nor no man can avoide it Here in this World there bee many shifts to escape mens Courts and Tribunals they may flie the Countrey or bribe the Iudge or compose and agree the matter with their adversary or if these doe not serve Death may acquit them but there is no flying from God whither can wee goe where hee will not finde us out If wee were in Hell he would fetch us thence Neither will this Iudge take bribe for he is a severe Iudge and will not be bribed nor can wee compose the matter with our adversary for it is the Divell and he will not bee satisfied he is so cruell that he will not take the whole World to agree the matter nor shall wee be acquitted by death for wee see Revel 20. that Death and Hell gave up their Dead that were in them so there is no way to escape the Iudgement seate of God but all shall appeare before him from the first man that entred into the World to the last that shall bee borne and therefore this should make us the more carefull to passe our dayes in reverence and feare before him Acts 19. 20. as when there was a commotion in Athens the Towne
sorrowes and we esteemed him not and as the Prophet David saith of him a worme and no man for our sinnes brought him to the lowest steppe of abasement As a few droppes of water being put into a lampe by little and little the light decreaseth till at last it dieth and goeth out so our sinnes being put upon him did so darken and abate his glory that it brought him to the lowest steppe and degree of abasement We thinke it no matter when we sinne against God but here we see when our sins were imputed to Christ it cast such darknesse and abasement upon him that though he were glorious in himselfe yet in the sight of the world he was the most abject amongst men and if Christ was thus abased much more then the most noble and the greatest man that is if he sinne against God it will take away all his glory we marvell that sinne should cast such disgrace upon men and bring such shame upon them but we neede not marvell at it seeing it cast such disgrace on Christ when it was but imputed unto him Gen. 49. 4. it is said of Reuben Vnstable as water Thou shalt not be excellent because thou wentest to thy Fathers bed thou didst defile it therefore thy dignitie is gone so if wee sinne against God it will take away all our glory as the false Prophets said when they were demanded What are these wounds in thy hands Then hee shall answere Thus was I wounded in the house of my friends Zech. 13. 6. So we may say by our sinnes when they have brought disgrace and shame upon us what is this They be the wounds that I have received in the house of my friend It is well observed of a learned man that if one take the brightest colour let it bee what it will Scarlet or Purple or Watchet and hold it in the Sunne and it will have a darke shaddow so the brightest sinnes and the most brave they will have but a darke shadow when they come before the Sunne of righteousnesse Christ Iesus unto judgement Therefore seeing sinne brings such disgrace upon us wee should take heede we doe not sinne but rather cast it from us We see when Christ had cast away our sinnes from him he had the former glory that he had in the beginning as Heb. 9. 28. It is said That Christ was once offered to take away the sinnes of many and to them that looke for him shall hee appeare the seco●d time without sinne unto salvation Which may teach us that if wee cast away our sinnes and labour to bury them in the grave we shall have that former glory that wee had in the beginning before the fall of our first Parents so Iudges 16. it is said of Sampson That when he had sinned against God hee lost his strength but after that his haire grew againe as soone as he had renewed his repentance his strength did come againe as appeared in that He killed more at his death than he did in his life so hee had more glory at his death than in his life so howsoever our sinnes may bring disgrace and shame upon us yet if we can repent of them and turne to God we shall have greater glory than ever wee had at the first or should have had if Adam had stood in his innocencie Secondly wherein this glory of Christ consists which is chiefly in three things First In the traine of Christ that hee shall be accompanied and attended with all the holy Angels for there is never an Angell Archangell Cherubin or Seraphin but they bee ready to doe service to Christ and to attend him So Daniel 7. 10. It is said A firie streame issued and came forth from him thousand thousands did minister unto him and tenne thousand did stand before him and 2 Thes 7. When the Lord shall shew himselfe from Heaven with his mightie Angels in flaming fire rendring vengeance unto all them that know not God nor obey his Gospell and Iude 14. the Apostle shewes that Henoch the seventh from Adam did prophesie of this saying Behold the Lord commeth with thousands of his Saints to execute judgement upon all men This is one point of the glory of Christ that the Angels shall attend him and be ready to doe him service we see the person of a King is glorious in himselfe but when he is inclosed with his Nobles and Guard it is more glorious so the person of Christ is glorious in himselfe but more glorious when hee is accompanied with all the Angels and Powers in Heaven who are ready to doe him service Let this therefore be a comfort to Christians for wee see when Christ came to his passion hee was guarded with a company of base Souldiers but at his second comming he shall have thousand thousands of Angels to attend him Secondly it consists in the splend●r and brightnesse of his bodie it shall darken all other lights even the light of the Sunne and the Moone So Revel 21. 23. it is said that the Citie hath no neede of the light of the Sunne neither of the Moone to shine on it● for the glory of God doth light it and the Lambe is the light thereof This is another part of the glory of Christ unto which the most eminent glory of the greatest kingdoms and states on Earth is not comparable and therefore why doe men so dote on the glory of this World Thirdly it consists in the eminencie of his Soveraigne power and authority that hee hath to arraigne and judge all men as the supreame Iudge So Psal 110. 1. The Lord said unto my Lord sit thou at my right hand untill I make thine enemies thy footestoole All the enemies of Christ shall bee brought under foote of Christ and shall licke the dust of his feete so also 1 Cor. 15. 25. it is said For he shall raigne till he hath put downe all his enemies under his feete this is another part of Christs glory Tell mee doe you thinke that Adam was a glorious man when all the Birds and Beasts were brought before him to receive names from him as their Soveraigne Lord Then what a great glory will this be to Christ that not onely the Birds and Beasts shall bee brought before him but also all men and that not to receive names but to give a finall sentence either of absolution or condemnation I but what shall we be the better for this glory of Christ I answer Christs glory is for the good of his Saints and People hee is glorified not onely for himselfe but also for the good of Christians that beleeve in him for he hath two keyes the key of Hell and of Heaven First the key of Hell to shut up all the wicked and damned thereinto As Revel 20. And I saw an Angell come downe from Heaven having the key of the bottomlesse Pit and a great chaine in his hand and he tooke the
thing to have Gods curse on them it is not two Beares that shall devoure them but they shall be devoured in hell with the devill and his angels if it were to passe thorow fire and water a man might have comfort if hee were in Gods favour or if hee did live in a cave a dungeon or a prison for we see the three Children went into the fire with comfort and God was with them and there was not the least smell of fire on them So Daniel he was throwne into the Lions den and was not afraid because hee was in favour with God and Ieremie was cast into the dungeon Paul and Silas into prison with their feet in the stockes yet they sung salmes at midnight and rejoyced if the blessing of Christ be upon a man with a perswasion of Gods love this will allay all extremities but the wicked shall goe to hell and shall have Gods curse upon them therefore what a fearefull thing will it be at that day Now there is good use to be made of this point first seeing all the wicked shall goe away with Gods curse therefore it must bee every mans care to rid himslfe of his sins because it is they that bring Gods curse upon us many a man is not afraid of this we see Iudg. 17. when Micha had stollen his mothers money and heard her curse him though he had the money in his hands which was sweet betweene his fingers he was so afraid of his mothers curse that he durst not keepe it now if Micha were thus afraid of his mothers curse much more should we be afraid of Gods curse seeing we heare that our sinnes will bring it upon us how afraid should we be to sinne though it be sweet and delightfull yet to rid our hands of it and expell it assoone as may be that so we may be free of Gods curse we sinde Iosh 7. that Achan had committed an execrable thing he had stollen a Babylonish garment and a wedge of gold and had hid them in the earth yet the judgement of God seized on him and never left him till it found him out so we may have sinnes secret and close in our hearts that no body knowes of them if wee be not wise to rid our selves of them the judgement of God will seize upon us and it will never leave us till it hath destroyed soule and body and therefore seeing our sinnes will bring Gods curse let us labour to avoid them Secondly seeing all the wicked shall goe away with Gods curse we any see what fooles the Papists be that are afraid of the Popes curse yet are not afraid of Gods curse D●●t 27. 15. the Lord saith Cursed is the man that maketh any carved or moulten image and putteth it in a secret place now the Pope contraries the voice and word of God and saith in the Councell of Trent Whosoever holds not that Images are profitable to teach and that they be Lay-mens bookes let them be accused they feare the Popes curse which is the lesse and doe not feare Gods curse which is the greater Thirdly seeing all the wicked shall goe away with Gods curse therefore every man must labour to be one of Gods servants and people as Psal 85. 6. saith David I will hearken what God saith for he will speake peace to his people howsoever he will deale with the wicked and ungodly to afflict and trouble them yet he will speake peaceably and comfortably to his people therefore it must be every mans care to repent him of his snnes labour to please God and to spend his time well and then hee shall have comfort in life and death therefore labour to be one of Gods servants and people beleeve in Christ labour to be found in him and then thou shalt be blessed and freed from Gods curse Thirdly the estate that all the wicked shall passe into they shall not onely be banished from the presence of God and have Gods curse upon them but shall bee cast into fire and everlasting fire Now by fire as I shewed you the last day is meant he greatnesse and extremity of paines that the wicked shall bee in because of all Elements fire is most afflictive and workes most furiously on our bodies making the greatest impression on them therefore the torment of hell is termed fire in the Scripture as Matth. 3. 12. it is said and he will burne the chaffe with unquenchable fire so Heb. 10. 27. For if wee sinne willingly after wee have received the knowledge of Go●s truth there remaineth no more sacrifice for sinne but a fearefull looking for of Iudgement and firy indignation which shall devoure the adverssaries and Revel 14. 9 10. If any man worship the beast and his image and receive his marke in his forehead or in his hand the same shall drinke of the wine of Gods wrath and shall bee tormented in fire and brimstone before the holy Angels and before the lambe here wee see because of all other Elements fire is most afflictive therefore the punishment of the wicked is said to be in fire The Schoolemen make question whether it be bodily fire or whether it be metaphorically spoken to this Augustine shall answer saith he this fire of hell of what sort it is and in what place or part of the world it is no man knoweth but him who shall make it knowne the Papists are so bold as to make no question though it be not a point of faith for a man to beleeve or know what a kinde of fire it is whether it bee bodily and materiall fire such as wee have here or whether it be metaphoricall for say they it is most agreeable to the Scripture and most probable that it is bodily and materiall fire But I will produce foure Reasons to shew that this fire cannot bee bodily fire First because hell fire is prepared for the devill and his angels to torment them in now they bee spirits therefore it must bee spirituall fire that must torment them bodily fire will doe them no hurt as we see Matth. 17. 15. how the devill cast himselfe into the fire and yet was not burned therefore it is not bodily but spirituall fire that must torment them and Damascene saith that the great devils and the petty divels shall be tormented with fire but that fire shall not be such fire as wee have but such as God knowes of Secondly looke what the brimstone the wood the lake the smoake and the worme is the same is the fire but the wood the brimstone the lake the smoke and the worme are metaphorically and spiritually to be taken therefore so is this fire so we see Esai 30. ult Topheth is prepared for the king hee hath made it deepe and large the burning thereof is fire and much wood the breath of the Lord like a river of brimstone doth kindle it now this cannot be taken for bodily fire
the cry in the eares of the parents so it is with a Christian if hee bee strong hee makes the stronger crye in the eares of God Thirdly A strong Christian is bold to confesse Christ in the time of trouble as the Apostle did Acts 5. so it is said of the Saints Revel 12. That they loved not their lives to the death Fourthly A strong Christian is contented with any thing that God sends as Phil. 4. saith the Apostle I have learned in all estates therewith to be contented to want and to abound to be full and to be emptie so old Eli said 1 Sam. 3. It is the Lord let him doe as it pleaseth him Now these are in a Christian either stronger or weaker according as he is weakned with temptations And therefore let us labour to feele these workes of the Spirit for the Spirit is all the evidence we have of Heaven and happinesse therefore let us looke to have the spirit that we be not deceived A man that hath house and land would be loth to have his deeds and his evidences to prove naught and so to lose his house and land much more should we be loth to have our evidence that we have of Heaven and happinesse to prove naught Here it will be worthy our inquiry How a Christian that was strong and is weakned by sinne may know that the Holy Ghost is in him In all the declinings and fallings of the faithfull there is a roote of grace left although the Diuell cut off the Boughes and the Branches yet the root is safe as Daniel 4. Nabuchadnezzar is compared to a tree which the Angell is sent to cut downe the body and the branches but to let the stumpe of it remaine and bee bound with iron so though the Divell cut downe the boughes and branches yet the roote is fast which is a comfort to the Church that in all their falls there is a roote of grace remaining But how may a man know this I answere three wayes First If ever he had the workes of grace in him at any time though hee see or feele nothing yet there is a roote of grace remaining I have shewed you if God give his Spirit hee will never quite take it away therefore if hee can finde this that there hath beene a worke of grace in him it is certaine there is a roote left if he can finde but a few live-coales raked up in the dead ashes there is hope of fire and some comfort though he see nothing for the present therefore we must looke backe to see whether ever we have felt the worke of grace or no if wee can finde wee have we may assure our selves that the spirit of God is in us and that there is a roote of grace left in us This was Davids comfort Psal 77. saith hee I thought on the time past and my soule received comfort If a man put fish into a Pond and comes thither againe and sees them not yet he is perswaded that they are there though covered with water so if a man be once stored with the graces of God though hee sees and feeles them not yet must he be perswaded that he hath them still it is a corruption in the estate of weaknesse to thinke the Divell hath deceived them and that all was nothing that was in them but wee must take heed of this that we doe not bely God We read Malach. 1. How the Lord saith That he hath loved the people and they say wherein hast thou loved us Therefore it is a good thing when the Lord shall love us in our conversion and in our repentance that we doe acknowledge it Secondly A man may know it by the desires of grace that there is a roote left which are foure in number First to grieve that wee cannot grieve for sinne and to mourne that we cannot mourne If we desire to weepe as others doe this is a desire of grace nature will not doe this So Esay 63. 17. The Church of God complaines of this saying O Lord why hast thou made us to erre from thy wayes and hardened our hearts from thy feare Secondly to desire the reconciliation and love and favour of God above all things which though he feeles not yet hee longs for it and desires it above all worldly things whatsoever and would give a world to have the sense and feeling of Gods favour Thus we see the Church Cant. 3. when she had lost Christ she seekes after him and she runnes here and there to find him so when we have lost Christ we long for him and our desire is after him this of a suretie is a desire of grace so Matth. 5. saith Christ Blessed are they that hunger and thirst after righteousnesse though they have it not yet they shall be satisfied A man in the time of his weakenesse thinkes his case to bee but miserable and yet the Spirit of God pronounceth him a happy man Thirdly a desire to beleeve though a man doe not beleeve for the present yet he desireth to beleeve and striveth against infidelity this is a desire of grace if a man feeles this hee may assure himselfe there is a roote of grace left in him Mark 9. saith Christ unto the man canst thou beleeve Lord saith he I beleeve but helpe my unbeleefe Fourthly a desire to please God in all our courses though wee have some sinnes and corruptions yet wee desire to bee rid of them and to walke with God these desires of new obedience doe shew there is a roote of grace left As Psal 119. saith David O that my heart were directed to keepe thy Law and Psal 40. I desire to doe thy will O Lord indeed Lord I confesse I doe not thy will but I desire to doe it by these desires wee may know that there is a roote of grace left But here may be an Objection made Had not Herod good desires and Balaam yet these had no roote of Grace in them To this I answere Balaam had good desires hee desired the end but not the meanes that tends to the end he desired to be happy but he did not desire to be holy The wicked desire grace but they doe not use the meanes to come to it A carnall man may deceive himselfe in this therefore if men desire grace Heaven and happinesse they must vse the meanes to come by it which is by Prayer and hearing the Word preached receiving the Sacraments reading of the Word and such like duties The third meanes whereby a man may know that there is a roote of grace left in him is If he can finde some working of the Spirit in this estate the roote is fast As a man may know the Sunne is up though hee see not the Sunne but a little glimpse of it so by some little workings of the Spirit he may
the Militant Church warring against sinne the World and the Divell Therefore we must looke for no perfect peace here Secondly seeing the Church of God is Militant therefore every man must stand upon his guard and watch armed with Faith Patience and with the graces of Gods Spirit He must take unto him all the Armour of God that is spoken of Eph. 6. that so he may be armed against the temptations of the Divell the World and his owne sinnes and corruptions he must not be secure but he must stand on his watch We read Matth. 13. 25. Whilst men slept the Divell came and did sow tares not when their bodies slept but when their care indeavour and zeale was asleepe so when men bee secure and stand not upon their watch and guard then the Divell comes to surprise them therefore the watchfulnesse and diligence of the Divell should teach us to be watchfull and diligent We finde 1 King 3. when the true mother of the childe was asleepe the false mother came and stole away the live-childe and laid a dead childe in the roome of it so the Divell will doe when men sleepe in sinne hee will steale away the live-childe and lay a dead child in the roome of it that is he will steale away our lively faith hope repentance and will leave dead faith and dead affection in their roome Therefore the watchfulnesse of the Divell must make us watchfull to resist him Thirdly seeing the Church of God is militant it is cleare we cannot escape without wounds and blowes in this life therefore it must bee our wisedome when we take any to labour to cure and heale them that so we doe not bleede to death with them So Heb. 12. 13. saith the Apostle And make straight s●eppes unto your selfe lest that which is halting be turned out of the way but let it rather be healed and Revel 3. 2. awake and strengthen the things which remaine that are ready to die here wee see the Church had wounds but it must be the care of the Church to heale their wounds It is a fearefull thing that the Divell many times wounds a man in his care faith patience love or zeale and yet they have no care to recover againe they doe not runne to prayer to repent of their sinnes returne to God get faith and come to the preaching of the Word and to the Sacraments that so they might recover and be healed We read 2 Kings 8. when Iehoram was wounded of the Assyrians he returned into Iezreel to be healed of his wounds so when the Divell hath wounded us in our care faith or in our zeale it must be our wisedome to returne to the Word and to the Sacraments to be healed of them Fourthly though wee have a great deale of toyle and trouble here in the Church militant yet we may be comforted because it is the way and the gate to the church triumphant as Iohn 16. 2. Christ saith Verely verely I say unto you that ye shall weepe and lament but the World shall rejoyce and yee shall have sorrow but your sorrow shall be turned into joy So Revel 21. 4. saith he And God shall wipe away all teares from their eyes and there shall be no more death neither sorrow neither crying nor no more paine So then although the people of God have a number of troubles and temptations here yet it may comfort them that one day they shall bee blessed in the Church triumphant We see as long as a man is at Sea in the Ship he is flung here and there and tossed up and downe and yet it is the Ship that must carry himsafe to the Haven and Shore so as long as wee live in the militant Church we cannot be at quiet it is a place full of trouble wee shall have the world the flesh and the Divell to vexe and trouble us yet because the militant Church is the ship that must carry us to the shore that is to Heaven therefore it must bee our care so to live in the militant Church that we may be a member in the Church triumphant that when we have passed the glassie Sea of this world wee may live in the blessed presence of Christ and for ever sing the song of Moses and the Lambe SERMON LXI REVELATION 1. 20. The seven golden Candlestickes which thou sawest are the seven Churches WEE spake the last day of the parts of the Church of God which generally are two the Triumphant part and the Millitant the triumphant part is that which is blessed with God in Heaven and it is so called because it is not in conflict and combate as wee bee but hath triumphed and overcome temptation the Divell sinne and lusts being now blessed in Heaven with God himselfe the millitant we shewed was so called because of that continuall warfare wee are in with the flesh the world and the Divell untill thereby wee are brought home into the triumphant Now for the particuler there be divers parts of the Church as the Ocean Sea is all one in it selfe yet by the reason there bee many armes and creekes of it which runnes by divers countries therefore it is called by the name of the countries and kingdomes it runnes by as the English Sea and the French Sea and the Spanish Sea so although the Church of God be one in her owne receit yet by reason that it spreadeth it selfe into divers Countries and Kingdomes it is called by the name of the Country or kingdome it is neere as the English Church and the French Church and the Dutch Church so there are many parts thereof all which make but one Church There was a Popish convert that made an objection against this saith he the Church of God is one and the reformed Churches are many therefore the reformed Churches are not the Church of God as Cantic 6. 8. But my Dove is all alone shee is the onely daughter of her mother To this I answere in this cavill there is first ignorance of the Scripture secondly ignorance of learning First it doth shew hee is ignorant of the Scripture for although the Church of God is but one in it selfe yet there be divers parts of it which are called Churches as in this place which is my Text The seeven golden candlestickes are the seven Churches So Gal. 1. 21. And after that I went into the coasts of Asyria and Cilicia for I was knowne by face unto the Churches of Iudea So 1 Cor. 14. 35. for God is not the Author of confusion but of peace as we see in all the Churches of the Saints so though the Church of God bee but one in it selfe yet there are diverse parts of it Secondly this shewes ignorance in learning the Church of God is but one but how is it but one It is one as a great line is one composed of a number of small lines so saith Cyprian
will prove that they cannot be true Catholikes First because alwayes the true Catholikes have taught that divine worship is to be given to God onely and to no creature else as Christ saith Matth. 4. to the devill thou shalt worship the Lord thy God and him onely shalt thou serve so likewise Revel 22. Iohn fell downe to worship the Angell but the Angell said unto him See that in no wise thou dost it for I am thy fellow servant and Saint Ierome saith that we Christians doe not worship any creature neither Angell nor Archangell but God onely now because they teach that we should worship stockes and stones and the workes of mens hands therefore they are no true Catholikes Secondly because true Catholikes teach that there is but one Mediator between God and man and that is Christ only according to the Apostle For there is but one God and one Mediator betweene God and man the man Christ Iesus so Heb. 13. 15. saith he Let us therefore by him offer the Sacrifice of praise alwayes to God so Origen also we Christians offer up all our prayers to God by the meanes of Christ but the Papists teach that there are a number of Mediators and that we may pray to the Virgin Mary to Peter and Paul therefore they are no true Catholikes Thirdly because the true Catholike Church hath taught for sixteene hundred yeeres together that men should not equivocate should not speake one thing and thinke another but should speake the truth from their hearts as Ephe. 4. 25. saith the Apostle Wherefore cast off lying and speake the Truth every man to his neighbour so Psalm 15. Hee that speaketh he truth in his heart is one of them that shall inhabite Gods holy hill therefore we cannot say one thing and meane another for the oath is according to him that taketh the oath and not according to the minde of him that sweareth but the Papists teach that a man may equivocate sweare one thing and meane another and therefore they are not true Catholikes Now the use of this is seeing in this world is the true Catholike Church and the meanes of Grace let it be our wisedome to lay hold on the good meanes that is set before us before wee remove hence I have shewed you heretofore if a man should send his servant into the Indies with a ship to fill with gold and there might have it but fils it with rubbish stones and gravell when this servant comes home hee may looke for a cold welcome home so the Lord hath sent us into this world as it were into the Indies with a ship with our soules and bodies and into the Church of God there we may have gold to fill our shippes with that is the graces of his Spirit therefore if wee shall fill our shippes with rubbish gravell or dirt that is with sinnes and corruptions we may looke for a cold welcome home for in the Church of God there are the springs and fountaines of grace therefore why doe wee not apply our selves to fill shippes with the purest gold to get faith repentance prayer and all the graces of the Spirit that so we may have comfort at our returne to God SERMON LXVIII 1 IOHN 1. 3. That which we have seene and heard declare we unto you that yee also may have fellowship with us and truely our fellowship is with the Father and with his Sonne Iesus Christ HAving spoken of the Church in the next place wee are to speake of the speciall benefits and blessings that God doth bestow on it for the Church is Gods peculiar and chosen people that hee hath drawne out of this world therefore it pleaseth him to bestow greater blessings and more speciall favours on them than on all other societies and assemblies whatsoever It is true indeed that there be common blessings that hee bestowes upon others as it is said Psal 119. 69. that the earth is full of thy goodnesse O Lord and so Matth. 5. 45. For hee maketh the Sunne to shine on the evill and on the good and sendeth raine on the just and on the unjust these common blessings all the people of the world partake of O but there are a peculiar blessings and favours that belong to none but to Gods servants wherein none of the wicked have their parts and therefore as David saith Psal 31. 19. How great is thy goodnesse O Lord which thou hast laid up for them that feare thee and done to them that trust in thee c. the prophet doth not say positively much goodnesse is laid up for them that feare God but makes a question and saith how much goodnesse and so Psalm 147. ult hee hath not dealt so with every nation neither have they knowne his judgements so there bee speciall favours and blessings that none of the world have part in for howsoever the wicked of the world may have common blessings as riches favour amongst men wisedome and learning and bee enabled to mainetaine Arts and Sciences yet notwithstanding there are speciall blessings that none of the wicked have their parts in that doe belong to his children onely to enjoy by the meanes of Faith so Genes 17. 18 22. Abraham prayeth to God that Ismael might live in his sight the Lord told him that he had heard him concerning Ismael and that he would make a great nation of him but my covenant will I establish with Isaac even so now God blesseth the wicked in this world hee maketh great men of them and rich gives them wisedome children and such like but his covenant he doth establish with Isaac his speciall blessings and favours hee bestowes on none but his owne children to be enjoyed by Faith Now there bee two reasons why the Lord doth so and it is not unprofitable for a man to consider of them First because the godly may see what a goodly and rich portion the Lord hath appointed for them that so if any wayes either through the falsehood of the devill or other provocations they bee pulled out from the enjoying thereof they may labour to recover it againe knowing no where to have better entertainement than in the house of their father this it was that brought home the Prodigall sonne to his fathers house when he considered the happy estate of those that lived therein that they had bread and bread enough and not onely the sonnes but the servants and such as were hired but for a day even the meanest of them so when Christians shall consider the rich and happy estate of all the people of God what a deale of comfort and joy they have in the house of God that they are comfortable in their life and blessed at their death when they sleepe in the dust and when they shall be raised up to glory that is no small allurement for them to returne againe unto the house of God so we see Hos 2. 7. it is there
death and merit so that whatsoever is due to Christ in regard of the right of his death and merit wee may claime at Gods hand the favour of God the pardon of our sins and the glory of Heaven is due to us in regard of the merit of his death as Peter saith By his stripes we are healed so a Christian may be bold to say Christ is mine and his death mine his life is mine and his crosse mine and his paines mine to my eternall comfort therfore in the troubles of conscience and accusations of the Divell we may goe to God and tender before him the death and merits of Christ if we should tender our owne righteousnesse this would shame and disgrace us If a man should be imprisoned for a debt which was payed by a suretie if he could finde the suretie he would bring him to the Iudge and say here is the Man that did discharge my debt here are the empty bagges that the money came out of that paid my creditor surely any Iudge would acquit that Man so when the Devill shall implead us for our sinnes we may goe to God and shew him Christ and we may quiet and stay our selves here saying This is he that hath paid my debt here is the emptie purse here are the empty veines that the blood came out of and then without all doubt God will acquit us Therefore we must tender the merits of Christ to God spread them before him and stand to them To this purpose saith Chrysostome Christ hath taken away the hand-writing which was against us and hath given us another bill bond or new writing whereby we may claime Christ He hath not done by us as the unjust Steward did by abatement but hee having quite wiped out all hath given us a new bill and hath made God a debtor to us Thirdly the power of our spirituall life We indeed are able by nature to move and stirre and to do the duties of our calling to buy and sell c. but are not able to stir a foote to Heaven to looke after that nor move towards it till Christ communicates a spirituall life unto us So 1 Iohn 5. 12. saith he He that hath the Sonne hath life and he that hath not the Sonne hath not life as 2 King 12. 21. the dead Souldier was not able to move or stir till being laid in the Sepulchre of Elisha he touched his loynes and then he revived and stood upon his feete so we are dead by nature and not able to move or stirre a foote in the wayes of God till we touch the Body of Christ by Faith then we revive and stand up life comes into us againe Fourthly the dignitie of his owne estate for by nature Christ is the Son of God and he makes us the Sonnes and Daughters of God by Adoption and Grace and drawes us into the same dignitie and honour with him to be called the Sonnes of God But it is a harder matter for us to be made the Sonnes of God than for Christ to bee made the Sonne of Man Now as Christ communicates something to us so wee something to him We communicate to him three things first our Nature secondly our sinnes thirdly our troubles and afflictions Here wee see what an exchange wee make with Christ Hee communicates to us himselfe the right of his death merit and spirituall life and the dignitie of his owne State and we communicate to him our nature our sinnes and troubles First wee communicate to him our Nature and that not in the best estate when it was in integrity but since it was disgraced and subject to sicknesses diseases and troubles this is the change wee make with Christ like Hiram and Salomon Hiram gave to Salomon gold and silver and Firre trees and what the heart of the King could desire and Salomon gave to him a few dirty Cities In like manner Christ giveth to us what our heart can desire his owne selfe the right of his death merit and spirituall life the dignitie of his owne estate and we give him a few dirty cloathes our bad nature disgraced with sinne subject to troubles and afflictions If wee would have communicated any thing it should have beene of the best because He is God blessed for ever Amen it should have beene when our nature had beene in the best estate but we communicate to him our sinnes and troubles therefore wee should admire Christs love and goodnesse to us that will accept of this exchange Secondly we have communicated a worse thing than this our sins as 1 Pet. 2. 14. who his own selfe bare our sins in his body on the tree c. all the wicked shall carry their owne sins on their backe to Hell with them but the sinnes of the godly are laid on the backe of Christ he bare them the cruell Souldiers laid the Crosse on Christ and made him to beare it but we laid a greater burthen than that on him the burthen of our sins for the weight of the crosse is nothing to the weight of our sinnes Thirdly we communicate to Christ our troubles and dangers as Esay 63. 9. In all their troubles he was troubled and Col. 1. 24. Now I rejoyce in my sufferings for you and fulfill the rest of the sufferings of Christ in my flesh for his bodies sake so Christ suffereth still in his members by compassion and fellow feeling And these be the goodly things that we communicate to Christ nothing but our nature and sins our troubles and dangers as I told you a little before out of 1 Kings 9. 11. there was an exchange betweene king Salomon and Hiram he gave Salomon gold silver Firre trees and Cedar trees and all that the heart of the king could wish and Salomon gave Hiram twentie dirty cities in the land of Galile but it is a better exchange that Christ makes with us for he giveth all that the heart of a Christian can wish his wisedome righteousnesse himselfe his merits and death a spirituall life and the same dignitie and honour with him but we againe repay him with our nature sins and dangers therefore hence let us learn to admire this great kindnesse and love of Christ to us that will be content therewith Now as the Saints have communion with God and with Christ so have they communion with one another by meanes of love as Exod. 25. We see the golden Cherubim did so looke towards the Arke and the Mercy seat as that they looked one towards another So wee must looke to God and to Christ by the eye of faith as we must have one eye also to one another by love This societie is comfortable for Gen. 2. 18. God saith It is not good that man should be alone therefore if it were a good thing for man to have communion and societie in the life of nature much better is
do not meane it was hard because they had laid a great stone upon Him as the woman said Who shall rowle away this stone but it was hard in regard of another thing for when any man is laid into the Grave he hath but his owne sinnes to keepe him downe but Christ had the sinnes of all the Elect People of God upon Him Therefore it was a harder matter for Christ to rise than for a private man yet notwithstanding for all this Christ did rise againe Therefore doe thou never doubt but that He will raise thee againe onely our care must bee to have Communion with Christ in his life and death to live as He lived to die and to lie in the Grave with Him even to lay our bodies as neere His as may be with desire to make our bodies as it were a pillow for Him and then when He riseth we shall rise with Him to glory and happinesse But if we doe not live the life of Christ and die with Him and lie in the Grave with Him and make our bodies a pillow for Him then Christ shall rise and raise us to torments It were well with the wicked if it might be so that they should never rise againe but Christ shall raise them againe not as a Head but as a terrible and fearefull Iudge and shall send them into endlesse torments For when a man hath lived a thousand yeeres in it hee is as new to beginne as ever hee was therefore doe thou labour to have communion with Christ in his life and death that so thou mayest rise and goe into glory with him Now there are divers objections that the Atheists make against this Article to be answered First they say How is it possible that men that have lien rotting in the Grave a thousand yeeres together should rise againe I answer Though it bee above reason it is not against reason for we see that the flies that bee dead all the Winter time when the Summer commeth with the heat of the Sunne they revive againe if this may bee done by the power of Nature much more is the power of God able to raise dead men that have lien dead in the Grave many thousand yeeres together Secondly say they It is impossible for men to rise againe because their dust is mingled one with another and with the dust of other Creatures as let one come into the Churchyard and the dust is so mingled one with another that a man cannot say this is the dust of my father or of my mother for to make it plaine take a pint of milke and a pint of water and put them into the Sea there they remaine in their substance but are so mingled together as that they cannot be parted one with another so say they it is with dead men whose dust is so mingled one with another as it is impossible to sunder them To this I answer that although it is impossible for man to doe it yet as God saith All things are possible to God it is an easie matter to him to give to every man his dust againe and to sunder them one from another As a man that hath a handfull of divers seeds in his hand can take one seede from another so the Lord is able to take one dust from another and give unto every man that which belongeth to him I have heard there bee some men that have this cunning and skill that they can draw out of an Hearbe the foure Elements Fire Ayre Earth and Water if this cunning and skill be in man to draw this out of an Hearbe and to sunder the foure Elements much more is God able to sunder every mans dust and to bring them together againe Thirdly the Atheists object and say no man may eate the flesh of another man for then the mans flesh is become one with the other mans flesh and then if the one rise the other cannot To this I answer that it is true indeed but yet he was a perfect man before he ate him for it is a truth in Divinitie that every man shall rise againe with his own flesh but a man shall not rise with every thing that was once a part of him as if a man have a tooth beaten out and another come in the Roome of it hee shall not rise with both these so likewise a man hath a peece of flesh stricken off with a sword in place whereof new flesh comes hee shall not rise with all this but hee shall with so much as shall make him a perfect man so one man eats another mans flesh and it becomes one with his yet he shall not rise with that flesh but with asmuch as shall make him a perfect man againe Fourthly they bring Scripture against us that flesh and bloud cannot enter into the kingdome of heaven I answer the meaning is not that the substance of flesh and bloud shall enter into the kingdome of Heaven but that flesh as it is corrupted and sinnefull cloathed with infirmities and subject to mortality and death shall not enter into heaven so Paul takes it Heb. 2. 14. Forasmuch then as the Children are partakers of flesh and bloud hee also himselfe likewise tooke part with them that he might destroy through death him that had the power of death c. therefore the meaning is that flesh and bloud in this transitory estate subject to infirmity shall not enter into the kingdome of God thus wee see that notwithstanding all the objections of the Atheists this Article stands good the dead shall rise againe The use is seeing the dead shall rise againe therefore though we dye as others doe are laid into the grave and dissolved to dust yet wee beleeve that wee shall rise againe This is the worst that the world can doe to us to take away life yet when they have done so we shall have it againe that must comfort us in all our troubles and distresses which did comfort Iob in his distresses and troubles Iob 12. For I am sure that my Redeemer liveth and he shall stand the last upon this Earth and though after my skinne wormes destroy my body yet shall I see God in my flesh c. and David did comfort himselfe thus Psalm 16. Wherefore my heart is glad and tongue rejoyceth and my flesh also resteth in hope for thou wilt not leave my soule in the grave neither wilt thou let thy holy one to see corruption so Christ saith to his Disciples Matth. 20. 19. The Sonne of man shall bee delivered unto the chiefe Priests and unto the Scribes and they shall condemne him to death and deliver him to the Gentiles to scourge and to crucifie him but the third day hee shall rise againe Now that which was Iobs Davids and Christs comfort must bee ours in all the troubles and distresses that befall us it was a comfort to old Iaakob Gen. 46. 3.
That of a lothsome prison house Christ hath made the grave to be a storehouse to keepe all the bodies of his servants till the day of resurrection hath made the grave as a sweet bed to rest on so we see Esai 57. 2. it is said Peace shall come upon them they shall rest in their beds every one that walketh before me One saith well that Christ hath made the grave a beaten and a plaine way to heaven for he himselfe went no other way thither but through the grave and dennes of death therefore wee must looke to goe no other way than this seeing wee may finde in this way the footsteps markes and prints of our Lord Iesus Christ and our deare friends and therefore also wee may be bold to venture the Children of Israel went through the wildernesse a place of stinging Serpents and endured much hardship yet because this was the way to Canaan this made them bold to venture so though the grave be a dreadfull place yet Christians know that it is the way to the Heavenly Canaan and in which Christ hath gone before us therefore we should be bold to venter this same way The fourth comfort is That although we lie a long time in the Grave yet we have assured hope that one day we shall rise againe This was Davids comfort Psal 16. 9. saith he Wherefore my heart is glad and my tongue rejoyceth my flesh also rests in hope for thou wilt not leave my soule in the Grave neither wilt thou suffer thine holy one to see corruption This is not onely true of Christ that he would not suffer himselfe to lie in the grave for ever but it is true also of all his members that God will not suffer them for ever to dwell in the Grave but will one day raise them up againe We see when Ionas was cast into the Sea there was a Whale that did swallow him up one would have thought that there had beene an end of him and that he had beene utterly consumed and no man should have heard any more of him yet the Lord did but speake a word to the Whale and he cast him up on the drie land so when a man is put into the Grave some thinke there is an end of him we shall never heare more of him yet let the Lord speake but a word and the grave shall give up his dead This is comfort to a Christian that although one may lie a long time in the grave yet he may have assured hope that he shall one day be raised up The use is seeing that there be these comforts notwithstanding that a man may lie a long time in the grave why then should a Christian be affraid to die for when the world thinkes that hee is at the worst then he is a blessed and happy man because the Lord will never leave him nor forsake him but hee will bee present in the grave with him and though his body be in the place of rottennesse yet his soule shall be blessed and happy for that is an estate of blessednesse and the Grave that was a lothsome prison house is made as a store house to keepe the bodies of Gods People in and as a beaten way to Heaven Indeed life is an excellent blessing because the time of life is the time of Grace and of Repentance Therefore we should labour to preserve this candle of our life but when the time commeth that God hath appointed and death approacheth neere why should we be affraid to die seeing that we may have such comfort that notwithstanding all our enemies wee shall rise againe Christ when he drew neere his death said he thirsted and the cruell souldiers presently gave him vinegar to drinke but Christ doth not so by us hee hath tempered us a cup of comfort Hee sayes to us as he said to the Theefe This day shalt thou be with me in Paradise this day shall be a blessed day to thee therefore our care must bee to repent our sinnes to get faith in Christ and to live holily here and then when death commeth our soules shall goe to Heaven and though our bodies lie in the grave a long time yet one day they shall rise at the time appointed The fourth point is By whose power we shall rise the Scripture shewes by the Power of Christ no man can rise by his owne power it cannot bee done by the power of nature So Iob. 14. 14. saith he If a man die shall he live againe meaning that if a man die hee cannot rise of himselfe the power of nature cannot put life into him againe no man can raise himselfe nor no body else can doe it it must be by the power of Christ onely So saith David Psal 49. 7. None of them can by any meanes redeeme his brother nor give to God a ransome for him and the Scripture elsewhere makes it plaine unto us that it must be by the power of Christ that wee shall be raised for he is said to be the resurrection and the life and further 1 Cor. 15. 22. saith the Apostle For as in Adam all died even so in Christ shall we all be made alive so Psal 49. 15. But God shall deliver my soule from the power of the grave for hee will receive mee so then all shall rise by the power of Christ but there is great difference in their risings for hee will raise the godly as a mercifull Saviour and Redeemer as a Head to give life to his Members and quicken them Thus all the People of God shall be infinitly made glad of the power of Christ but the wicked of the world and such as have despised God and goodnesse they shall rise with feare and astonishment and shall wish that the Sea or the Grave might have retained and kept them yea they shall desire the hils and mountaines to fall upon them to cover them The use is first seeing all shall rise by the power of Christ we must learne to magnifie this power that shall raise us from the power of the Grave and out of the belly of rottennesse In the story of Ioseph Gen. 40. 13. when hee lay in the prison house hee said unto Pharoahs butler Remember me to Pharoah that thou mayest bring mee out of his house for I was taken out of my Countrie and sold c. So the body should say to the soule remember me to Iesus Christ that he may bring mee from this prison house and place of rottennesse that he may raise me out of the dust and bring me to Heaven Secondly seeing all shall rise by the power of Christ therefore let all labour to feele the power of Christ here in this life to their conversion or else they shall feele the power of Christ to their terrour at the day of judgement Therefore labour thou here whosoever thou art to feele the power of Christ to raise thee out of thy sinnes and
his opinion Ephes 4. 13. Till wee all come in the unitie of the faith and of the knowledge of the Sonne of God unto a perfect man unto the measure of the stature of the fulnesse of Christ Now by a generall consent the Fathers doe expound it otherwise Chrysostome saith that by the fulnesse of the age of Christ in this place is not meant the full age of Christ but the Gifts and Graces of Christ So another Father affirmes that by a perfect man in Christ is not meant the temporall age of the Sonne of God so S. Ierome saith of the same place that by the age of Christ is not meant the grounds of the bodies of the Godly but the inward man the gifts and graces of his Spirit of his soule and not of his body Secondly Tertullian is of another judgement saith hee let Christians remember this that our soules shall receive the same bodies from the which they departed and therefore looke in what stature and in what age and yeeres wee were of in the same wee shall rise againe Thirdly Augustine doth much relie on his own opinion for saith hee every age is capable of blessednesse and therfore I doe not purpose to contend of strive to know in what age wee shall rise in Fourthly there are some reasons to prove the contrarie First that there is nothing in a Child more than in a man to hinder them from the Kingdome of God for Christ saith Suffer little Children to come unto mee and forbid them not for unto such belong the Kingdome of God And therefore seeing there is nothing in a Child that may hinder him from the Kingdome of God why may not Children rise Children againe A Child may bee blessed for if a Childe could not have beene blessed what shall wee say if Adam had had Children in the time of innocencie should they not have beene blessed most certainly they should Now if Adams Children should have beene blessed in the time of innocencie much more shall Children bee blessed in Heaven Secondly Children may perfectly performe the chiefest act that the people of God are to doe in Heaven namely to praise God as wee see Psal. 8. Out of the mouthes of Babes and sucklings hast thou ordained praise Thirdly all those Christ raised in this life were raised in the same age and stature that they were in when they died as the Maide the widdowes Sonne and Lazarus and those that were raised at the Resurrection of Christ or else how should they been knowen to their friends againe so perfectly Now against this there is one Objection of some weight to bee answered A Child is not in an estate of perfection and there is no imperfect thing shall enter into the Kingdome of Heaven To this I answer that a Child is imperfect onely in regard of labour and travell but not imperfect for the life of glorie and a spirituall life and therefore it must bee our wisedome and care to spend our time well in the feare of God in repentance for our sinnes and to get faith in Christ and then let our age sex or estate of our body bee what it will wee shall bee blessed and happy when wee dye and wee shall rise to a glorious estate It is a good saying of Chrysostome if a grave senatours should bring thee into his house and shew thee a number of grave senatour sitting on Thornes richly clothed with chaines of gold about their necks and crowns on their heads and should tell thee that after a few dayes hee would bring thee thither and make thee one of them how carefull wouldest thou bee to please him and fearefull to offend him in any thing This saith hee is our case Iesus Christ hath shewed us by the eye of faith Heaven and the blessed estate and condition of the godly and hath promised to bring us thither after a few yeares if wee will repent our sinnes get faith in Christ and walke holily before him therefore how carefull should wee bee not to offend him what fooles are men to lose eternall things for earthly for if men would live holily here they should live eternall in the life to come Thus at last wee are come to speake of Everlasting life for the Lord doth raise the dead out of the grave and out of the dennes of death to give them everlasting life and this is that which Christ hath promised to his people as we see Iohn 10. My sheepe heare my voice they follow mee and I give them everlasting life and Iohn 6. 47. saith Christ Verely verely I say unto you hee that beleeveth in mee hath everlasting life so also Psal 21. 4. saith the Prophet Hee asked life of thee and thou gavest it him even length of dayes for ever and ever So then everlasting life is the great blessing that hee hath promised to his people that none partake of but they it being the Center of a Christian mans desires all whose labours paines and endevours tend to this and no further for as wee know things when they bee at the center there they rest stay and goe no further so if once the people of God come at this there they stay and goe no farther with thoughts hereof they comfort themselves in the troubles and afflictions of this life Genes 28. 11. Iacob being wearie in his journey tooke stones and layd them under his head and slept where hee saw an heavenly vision a ladder carried up to heaven and Angels ascending and descending thereupon which comforted him in all his troubles and labours so Christians must comfort themselves in all the afflictions and travels of this life with this that Christ hath reared up a Ladder in his death and blood-shed that reacheth unto heaven therefore if Christians will bee contented to walke Christianly and holily here but a few dayes and yeeres hee will bring them to everlasting life I but some may say why doe yee speake of everlasting life now seeing every man is busie to get some thing to maintaine this life I answer a man doth well to bee busied in his honest labours to get some thing to maintaine this life because as wee shall heare afterwards this life is the way to eternall life and the seede time of a Christian But ô how miserable a thing is it for a man to provide for this life and neglect eternall life and therefore our care must bee to provide for this life so as it may further us to everlasting life In the Law the people of Israel were commanded to keepe the feast of reconciliation which was in the end of the yeere when harvest was done and their barnes and wine-presses full which was to teach us that in the middest of our joy and plentie wee should seeke for eternall life and should labour to have the pardon of our sinnes and to reconcile our selves to God so to bee fitted for eternall life
and be affraid theeves but if wee dwell in the houses of God wee neede not bee affraid of any such things for God will be a defence to such How shall a man be blessed in doing any thing our workes which wee doe here there is necessity in the doing of them but there is no necessitie in Heaven where all shall be done willingly For take away jarres and brawles and there is no need of Lawyers take away wounds and hurts and there is no neede of a Chirurgeon take away diseases and there is no neede of a Physitian take away hunger and we shall not need to plow nor sow take away thirst and wee shall not need drinke Nay let us come to things of a higher nature as to feede the hungry cloth the naked visit the sicke they shall doe none of these things but shall sing prayses unto God and give thankes to him for his mercy and goodnesse to them so they shall be every way blessed And therefore thinke if thou canst thinke what a happy and blessed life this will be First that wee shall enjoy God and have immediate societie with Him Secondly that we shall have the presence of Christ And thirdly that we shall have societie with al the holy People of God Forthly that we shal have dominion lordship over his whole world And lastly that we shall keepe a continuall Sabbath to the Lord where we shall continually praise him and spend all our time in lauding of him Now the next thing is the continuance of this life how long wee shall enjoy it It shall not bee for dayes moneths yeeres and ages onely but it shall bee everlasting as the Scripture tells us not for a few dayes and yeeres but it is for ever and ever For when a man hath lived so many thousand ages as there are piles of grasse on the ground piles of sand on the shore Starres in the Skie they shall bee as new to beginne againe as the first day and therefore thinke if thou canst thinke what a life it is that God wil give us Now it is called everlasting life in opposition to the fraile and fickle life that we live here which is not everlasting but a dying and a decaying life whereof one sayes well as soone as a man is borne he is a dying and the further we grow into this life the nearer we are to death As a man that hath taken a Lease as soone as it is taken it beginnes to expire and never rests till it comes to an end so this life as soone as we enter in it it beginnes to expire and never ceaseth wasting till it is runne to an end So the life which we live here is a decaying life which every little disaster may take away a slip with a mans foote a fall off an horse a stone out of a wall a tile off an house a crum of bread going awry c. But the life which God giveth us in Heaven shall be everlasting as long as there is God and Christ who giveth it whose glory shall not bee greater at the first then afterwards But the same as great for ever the joy and comfort which we shall have when we have beene there 1000. thousand yeeres as great as it was the same day wee came thither All the things in this life though we take delight in them yet in time wee we shall be weary of them As when a man commeth into a fine Garden being delighted with the pleasant walkes and flowers yet when he hath beene there a while he becomes weary of it so likewise when a man is weary and goes to bed he is delighted with it a while and in time he is weary and loves to rise though it bee never so soft But the joyes of Heaven and the glory thereof we shall never be weary of them but when wee have beene there as many yeeres as there is sands on the Sea shore it will bee as comfortable as it was the first day wee came thither And therefore as Saint Peter saith seeing wee are borne a-new not of mortall seed but of immortall by the Word of God to an inheritance incorruptible and undefiled and that fadeth not away reserved in Heaven for us let us so love and serve God in sinceritie as we may come thither for the life that we shall live in Heaven shall be everlasting the glory whereof shall never decay And therefore stand still yee people of God and behold the great things that God hath prepared for you let goe all the pleasures and profits of this life and lay hold on eternall life and bee not slothfull to come and possesse it Augustine saith well All men can bee contented with life everlasting to see God and to behold him in glory but they are not carefull to walke in the way that leadeth to life Therefore it must be the care of every Christian to repent of his sinnes to get faith in Christ to passe his time in holinesse and feare before God that so when he commeth to die hee may make a happy exchange to passe from Earth to Heaven from Men to God from an estate of misery to an estate of happinesse and glory from a temporall life to a life eternall And now that wee are ready to dismisse this assembly and finish this long worke the Lord knowing whether ever we shall meete together againe all in this place seeing upon the least occasions we see such examples from time to time of our mortalitie and shortnesse of life therefore let us so passe our time here in holinesse before God so as that we may meete together in glory and happines in the life to come which I beseech the Lord to bring us to for Christs sake FINIS The Table Containing al the chiefe and remarkable Doctrines and Vses of the whole Treatise together with some of the queintest Similies exquisitely illustrating the matter Alphabetically disposed for the case and furtherance of the Christian Reader wherein the figures direct you to the Page the markes to what part of the Page where the Notes are wanting so that if you turne to any of the leaves to finde the matter you desire where you see this * looke to the upper part where this † looke to the middle where this ¶ looke to the lower part of the Page A NO place good to abide in where Christ is not 135. None ought to abuse the creatures seeing God hath made them 67. Our accounts must bee given to Christ our Lord. 98. † The acceptance of our actions depends on our willingnesse 265. ¶ Acknowledgement due to God for all his gifts 65. † Our estate better than Adams in his innocencie 243. * 450. Christ free from sinne though the Sonne of Adam 107. ¶ Adoption in Christ brings comfort to a Christian 53. Christians should comfort one another in affliction 229. † No Mans afflictions equall to Christs 204. ¶ Gods mercy in
Death Power of the Divell Sinne c. 272. How Christ defends his Church 380. God deferres not good tidings from man 123. * Sinne hath made us so deformed that God doth not acknowledge us 150. Deformities are punishments for sinne 639. Deformities in the member of the Church as bad as that in the members of the body 573. † Pilates endevour to deliver Christ better than Peters 200. † Of Christs descension into Hell 283. Christs Body Soule did not descend into Hell 285. ● 287. Against the Papists Christ did not descend into Hell to Preach to the damned 285. † Suffer paines there ibid. ¶ No Skirts of Hell 286. Places of Scriptures alledged by the adversaries for Christ descension into Hell answered 289. The descension of Christ into Hell nothing else but the captivating of him under death for a time 289. ¶ Two descents of a Christian 290. Christs desertion on the crosse 164. Spirituall desertion what it is 170. † Tryals of good desires 28. Defects in unsound desire of Heaven 498. How the wicked desire grace 506. see Grace No man ought to despaire of Gods mercie 233. ¶ The Divell the Author of all division 478. Why Christ died no ordinary death 212. It was needfull Christ should dye 1. To satisfie Gods Iustice for Mans sinne 2. That our sinnes might dye in his death 3. To seale to true bileevers Gods promises in the Gospell 261 262. Why Christ dyed a painefull death 264 We must be willing to dye when wee have done Gods worke 263. We should labour to dye the servants of God 143. ¶ in peace of conscience 144. * Ill successe Bad example in holy labors should be no discouragements 134. What it was that Christ dranke on the crosse 217. God drawes man out of sinne 379. Perseverance in good duties never failes in obtaining a reward 488. * Duties to God must not abridge our duties to men 231. * E WIcked men get up early to follow their lusts 193. † How the earth shall be renewed 413. The Earth shall be renued in regard of Christ the Godly the wicked 414. The wicked can lay no claime to the Earth when it is renued 415. ¶ Ecce Homo a good memento for a Christian 203. ¶ Of the Disciples that went to Emmaus 316. Actions determined by their ends as a ship governed by the Sterne 407. † Good endevours shall finde Gods blessing 136. * Wee ought so to live as our enemies may haue no just cause of exception against us 195 ¶ Love to our enemies a Christian duty 225. * Five Motives thereto ibid. The wicked alwaies enemies to the friends and followers of Christ 191. ¶ How the true Church may erre 570. The comfortable estate of a Christian never to be forsaken of God 173. ¶ God able to raise from nothing to great worldly estates The exaltation of Christ 291. Christs humility our example 164. * Christs example our i●itation 245. † How examples are most fit to move 138. ¶ Bad example 135. Bad example should not transport us from Christ 234. ¶ No exception to bee taken against the two Bookes that shall be opened at the day of Iudgement 440. Excommunication a most fearefull sentence 568. * Whether better to sinne against God or stand excommunicated 568. ¶ VVhy the Disciples eyes that went to Emmaus were held 319. God must open our eyes before we can discerne Christ 335. † F THe great Object of Faith God 41. Two rules to governe our Faith concerning God 478. Faith Historicall 16. Temporary 18. Miraculous 19. Iustifying 20. Two reasons why Faith aloue justifieth 31 What required to a justifying Faith 20. Seven trials of true justifying Faith 22. Five companions of true justifying Faith 25. c. Degrees of true justifying Faith 26. Effects of true justifying Faith 37. There weakenings of Faith The scandall of the Crosse Too much hast to have our desires Tying to our eyes and hands 322. Wherein weaknesse of Faith consists 27. Trials to distinguish a weake Faith from no Faith 28. How to finde out weaknesse of Faith 30. Reasons why our Faith is sh●ke● 32. True Faith may be shrewdly shaken 321. † Comforts in weaknesse and want of feeling of Faith 34. Full assurance of Faith 36. He that takes away one main point of Faith takes away all 20. True Faith layes hold on every little word of Christ 311. ¶ True Faith breakes through all lets 126. † True justifying Faith assureth of salvation 31. 33. Wherein Faith is necessary to salvation though judgement be according to works 457. * Our Faith must bee grounded on the Scripture 329. ¶ Faith that is visible saveth 457. ¶ Faith must be in particular 77. * Faith vsefull in the life of a Christian 3. Two waies Faith stirres up holy motions in 〈◊〉 4. All things must be done in Faith 7. Comforts from doing things in Faith 9. Faith upholds 〈◊〉 in Spirituall desertions 11. Worldly crosses 12. The least Faith after a temptation must bee cherished 337. † How to die in Faith 14. After a fall in sinne a Christian must endeavour to rise 337. ● The fall of GODS Children not finall 173. Carefull provision for our families necessarily commanded 230. ● Caesars favour preferred before Gods 210. † Want of the feare of God occasions mens running into all disorder 236. † Christs feare on the crosse a dreadfull feare 153. The causes of Christs feare Gods judgement Death 144. The extremities of Hell fire 469. Hell fire eternall 470. † Hell fire is not naturall fire 468. The extreme torments of the wicked me meant by fire 4●7 ¶ The Spirit quenched as fire 516. How the flesh may overcome the Spirit 595. The manner how Christ tooke flesh 105. Christ tooke flesh in his Conception Birth 105. How Gods people are said to flow 125. † A man may flie in persecution when hee hath not A calling to stay Sufficient strength to suffer 1●2 None can forgive sinnes but God 615. How men may forgive sinnes 616. * God forgives sinnes with condition of repentance 617. How a man may know his sinnes are forgiven in particular 618. A Minister forgives sinnes two wayes 346. Forgivenesse of sins a great blessing 608. belonging to this life onely 609. Forgivenesse of sinnes in regard of V●● free Christ due 612. Forgivenesse of sinnes is without limitation of their Number Greatnesse 614. Comforts from forgivenesse of sinnes 621. God forsakes not his Children prov'd from the Promise Nature Power Vertue of Christs Prayer of God 172. Gods forsaking a man the greatest griefe 164. ¶ God may be said to forsake his Children in the life of nature but never in the l●fe of grace 173. A Christian forsaken of God in the sense and feeling of his grace must carry himselfe Mournefully Patiently Holily 175. Christ is forsaking a man when he Growes idle in the use of the meanes Lives in knowne sinnes Feeles a decay of grace 330. Forwardnesse and intrusion into b●sinesse needlessely a great fault 78. ¶ Wee
the Name Iesus is implied Christ to be our Savior No other Iesus but he He is our Iesus and will save us 72. Sinnes of ignorance lesse than sinnes of knowledge 228. * Commission of sinne after illumination dangerous 193. ¶ Impenitence worse than wormewood or ●all to Christ 250. * Importunitie prevailes with wicked men to any thing that is bad 210. * Impossibilities in nature are possibilities in the power of God 109. ¶ Our Heavenly Inheritance comes from God our Father 57. Our title to Heaven is by inheritance 452. Foure testimonies of Christs Innocencie 195. We ought to beware of wronging the Innocent 206. ¶ Iosephs grave in his garden why 279. How Christ makes intercession for us 457. It is finished Christs song of gratulation 250. ¶ Of Iudas's betraying Christ 181. Christ onely the Iudge at last day 394. ¶ Comforts from Christ being our Iudge 394. ¶ Two things required in a Iudge sufficient Knowledge to know all things Power to punish all offendors 391. Of Christs comming to Iudgement 385. The glory of Christs comming to Iudgement consists in His traine Brightnesse of his Body Eminencie of his soveraigne Power 422 There shall be a Iudgement day 386. The day of Iudgement not far off 400. ¶ The Earth the generall place where the last Iudgement shall be 395. * The Time Certaintie Signes of the last Iudgement 399. c. Two signes yet to come of the last Iudgement 403. Reasons of the delay of the day of Iudgement are Gods 1. Patience in waiting for mans redemption 2. Goodnesse to his creatures 3. Care of the Elect. 404. The persons that shall be Iudged 405. The manner of the last Iudgement 409. The sentence of the last Iudgement 443. The last Iudgement shall bee according to good workes 458. ¶ Difference in Iudgement may happen to the Saints but not in affection as in Physitians about a sicke Patient 585. ¶ Gods Children must bee affected with his Iudgements 168. ¶ All that desire to see Christ and to depart in peace must be Iust men 139. † Iustice and Religion must goe together 139. ¶ K NO doores or iron gates can keepe out Christ 339. * Christ hath two keyes 1. To lock the wicked into hel 2. To open heavē to the godly 423 Christ a King to Gather Governe Doe good to Defend his Church and People 86. c. The Kingdome of Heaven prepared onely for the Elect. 451. Three properties of the Kingdome of Heaven 448. Gods attributes set aworke to furnish the Kingdome of Heaven 448. ¶ Foure excellencies of the Kingdome of Heaven 449. Gods goodnesse to his people to bring them out of the divels kingdome into Christs 87. † Christs Kingdome not of this world 115. † 198. † Some kisse religion at Church as Iudas did Christ and betray it at home 184. † That we shall know one another at the Resurrection 630. Two defects in knowledge or illumination 496. Christ must bee made knowne abroad no● conceald in private 127. † Wee must make conscience of knowne truthes 284. * L NO labour too great to come to Christ 129. ¶ If we continue in sinne unrepentant Christ hath lost his labour 151. ¶ A Christian a shining lampe 589. * The Canon Law makes it unlawfull to sell Spirituall things What belongs to another 182. ¶ God sometimes leaves us to see how we love him 332. A man loses the Spirit as leaves fall off a tree 521. † An evill member of the Church compared to a wodden legge 537. * Why Christs legges were broken 266. No lets should binder Christians from comming to Christ 126. † Christs Letter to his Father 74. How a man may be busied for provision for this life 648. † Mans life compared to Weavers warpe 45. ¶ Life twofold of Nature Grace 171. * The time of this life the time of mercie and grace 444. This life compared to a drawbridge ibid. Of life everlasting 648. God promiseth to his People life Naturall in this world Spirituall in the world to come 649. ¶ Two degrees of spirituall life of Grace Glorie 650. † The continuance of life everlasting 669. Life everlasting no blessing but torment to the wicked 648. ¶ Christ by his life aswell as death wrought out our salvation 254. † As the Soule is the life of the body so God is the life of the soule 649. Sinners deserve not to have the light of the Sunne or Moone to shine on them 167. ¶ Christ Lord of the world in regard of Soveraigntie Service 95. Christ as Lord will dispose all to the good of his Church 96. † Christ our Lord by right of Creation Redemption Donation Voluntarie service 97. The abatements of the graces of the Spirit in a man whereby hee thinkes them lost 518. † Love beares with a number of faults as a mother with her childe 595. The marvellous love of Christ to die and suffer for us 151. * True love to Christ Endures no holding backe Followes Christ in bonds 190. True love to Christ stoopes to the meanest service for his members 276. † Christ loves his enemies much more his friends 226. ¶ Every man like the Iewes preferre their lusts before Christ 203. M IF Christ restored an Eare to Malchus his enemy much more will he be mercifull to his friends 638. ¶ God had rather abate of his Service tha● Man w●nt his comfort 459. Gods fitting a Man to his Kingdome compared to a Carpenters hewing of timber 500. ¶ The meanenesse of Mans beginning 67. God made Man last of all creatures to Honour him Teach him Further him in the best things 70. † Christ was made Man in regard of Necessitie Equitie Fitnesse 103. The Manhood of Christ darkned by the Godhead as a candle by the Sunne 477. * The manner of the manifestation of Christs birth 123. Three reasons why Christ was manifested first to the poorer sort 120. ¶ The Virgin Mary more blessed for bearing Christ in her heart than in her wombe 112. † Notes of Mary Magdalens love to Christ are her seeking him Continually when others gave over With teares for losse of him With diligence With complaint for not finding him With publishing her sorrow With proffer of any paines to enjoy him 306. c. Why Mary could not see Christ 310. Why Christ appeares first to Mary 313. ¶ Constant using the meanes a sure way to finde Christ 307. The meanes are to the Spirit as would to the nourishing of a tree 520. † The conscionable use of the meanes gives us comfortable hope of a blessing 538. * The office of a Mediator ceases when Christ renders up his Kingdome 476. † The Mediatorship compared to silke before sore eyes 476. ¶ All men are sinners 610. See Sinne and Sinners Mercie in the midst of wrath 58. Three reasons that no man can merit for another 596. Man can merit nothing 252. ¶ Watchfulnesse requisite to the members of the Church militant 531. ¶ GOD the Author of all Ministery 342. ¶ Christs
to us and wee will be one people Genesis 34. 16. Even so God saith to us if ye will be circumcised and cut off your lusts and your sinnes and be a sanctified and holy people then ye shall be one with me but if ye will not bee circumcised and cut off your lusts and your sins then yee will cause mee to depart away from you And this is the second thing whereby we may know when Christ makes a proffer to be gone Thirdly When we feele a decay of Gods graces in us when we have lost our zeale care and love as when the King removes from a place wee may know it by his carriage going before so the graces of Gods Spirit bee as it were the carriage therefore when this goes away know then Christ will remoove then he makes a proffer to be gone But why did Christ make a proffer to be gone It was not that hee had any purpose to depart but to trie their affections and to see what account they would make of him so the Lord doth still make a proffer to bee gone from us and to take away the Gospell and many times the comfortable feeling of his favour which hee doth to trie our faith and our affection and to trie what account wee will make of him So we see Matth. 15. 22. Christ deales with the woman of Canaan makes a proffer to bee gone as may appeare by conferring this with other places for it is said in Marke 17. 24. Christ went into an house and would have no man know it as if he would have beene gone from her yet shee followes him he goes into the fields and yet she followes him this was not that he had any purpose to be gone from her but to trie her faith and her affection As 1 Sam. 7. 2. the Arke was in the borders of Israel twentie yeeres together and all the people lamented after the Lord He kept the Arke twenty yeeres together aloofe of them to see how they would long for his presence So God deales with us hee withdrawes the comfortable feeling of his presence to see how wee will long after it and what account wee make of it as a loving mother sometimes hides her selfe from her childe not because she meanes to go from it quite but because shee would trie the love of her childe and how it longs after her so Christ doth shrinke away from us and hide his presence to trie our love our faith and our affection Therefore when Christ makes a proffer to be gone wee must doe as the people did Marke 1. 45. follow him not being at rest till they had found him though hee went into never so secret a place If hee be departed away from us wee should not bee at rest but follow him and labour to recover him againe by prayer meditation and the use of good meanes Now when Christ made a proffer to be gone these two Disciples would not let him goe but one hanged on the one arme as it were and the other on the other till they constrained him to tarry with them Hence wee must learne that if Christ makes a proffer to be gone we must not let him goe and doe as the World does If hee will goe let him goe and say wee cannot hold him but wee must importune him and constraine him to tarry with us as it is said of the good people Luke 4. 42. And when it was day he departed and went into a desart place and the people sought him and came to him and stayed him that he should not depart from them So when wee feele Christ to depart from us wee must constraine him to tarrie with us as Iacob did Genes 32. 26. When hee and the Angell wrestled together Iacob laid hold on him and would not let him goe till he had blessed him Now the Angell that did wrestle with Iacob was Christ So also Exodus 32. 15. When the Lord told Moses that hee would not goe with them but an Angell should goe with them Lord saith hee Carry us not away from this place unlesse thy presence goe with us Lord let me die here and goe no further unlesse thy presence goe with us so wee should pray to God not to carry us away from our houses that we may not stirre from the places where wee be unles the presence of God goe with us and when we feele the presence of God to be going from us we must pray him to tarrie with us and constraine him too But why doe they desire Christ to tarry with them because they had tasted of the goodnesse power sweet graces and excellency of Christ this was the reason of it therefore no marvell though the world let Christ goe and doe not desire him to tarry with them because they never felt the power of God neither tasted of the sweet and excellent graces that be in Christ but such as have tasted hereof will be contented to take any paines and labour to enjoy Christ therefore the Apostle Peter gives us this exhortation 1 Pet. 2. 2. As new borne babes desire the sincere milke of the word that ye may grow therby as who should say If so be ye have tasted how good the Lord is you that bee Christians and have tasted of the Gospell and the sweetnesse of it even as a childe desires the milke of the breast and it is not at quiet till it hath it so desire yee the sincere milke of the word that ye may grow thereby and as Abraham said Gen. 18. Lord depart not from thy servant so wee should desire Christ to be with us and to say Lord depart not away from mee till the day of my death Now there are two especiall times wherein every Christian should pray that Christ may be with him 1. In the time of Trouble 2. At the time of Death First In the time of trouble when there is misery and extremity upon us then we had need to have a great deale of grace to sustaine us wee see ships in a great storme if they have not good Anchors and good Cables they may quickly miscarry and dash against some rockes and so make shipwracke in like manner if trouble and danger bee upon us if Christ be not with us we are like to miscarry therefore as the two Disciples said to Christ The day is farre spent and the night drawes on tarry with us so wee should say The day of prosperity is farre spent and there is a night of affliction drawing on therefore Oh Lord tarry with us and give us a good issue out of troubles so David prayeth Psal 22. 11. Be not farre from me O Lord because trouble is neere for there is none to helpe me this is a speciall time to have Christ with us Secondly At the day of death when wee come to end this life this is a speciall time to have Christ with us as the disciples